<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- generator="wordpress.com" -->
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>sentence-structure-2 &amp;laquo; WordPress.com Tag Feed</title>
	<link>http://en.wordpress.com/tag/sentence-structure-2/</link>
	<description>Feed of posts on WordPress.com tagged "sentence-structure-2"</description>
	<pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2013 07:23:33 +0000</pubDate>

	<generator>http://en.wordpress.com/tags/</generator>
	<language>en</language>

<item>
<title><![CDATA[1. Create a sense of fear or foreboding.]]></title>
<link>http://theoneforschool.wordpress.com/2012/09/05/1-create-a-sense-of-fear-or-foreboding/</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2012 04:50:57 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>karolinemeador</dc:creator>
<guid>http://theoneforschool.wordpress.com/2012/09/05/1-create-a-sense-of-fear-or-foreboding/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[The first assignment of the year&#8230; here we go: Create a sense of fear or foreboding. Uses a per]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The first assignment of the year&#8230; here we go:</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a sense of fear or foreboding.</li>
<li>Uses a periodic sentence as the first sentence.</li>
<li>Includes four participial phrases.</li>
<li>Includes four appositive phrases.</li>
<li>Includes four adjective clauses.</li>
<li>Limited to five sentences.</li>
<li>Include an appropriate picture.</li>
</ol>
<p>&#160;</p>
<p>Waiting in the study, darkness, an ominous cloud which mercilessly swallows the light, has  filled up the empty space of the window, reflecting a singular face whose eyes show an undeniable expression of terror, undoubtedly produced by the eyes of another certain being who has found himself on the outside of this window,  a bank of light when viewed from within the darkness. From either side of the thin glass, whose shatter could easily grant the horror of confrontation, the two individuals hold a solid stare contributed to by both, originating from a pair of insatiable curiosities, and driven by four compulsive needs to seek the unknown and dwell there within, that of darkness, and of  light, and of  the two individuals. Out of this curiosity turned compulsion, staggers a realization, the understanding of a hideous truth, that the two staring pairs of eyes is only one and the threat whose eyes engendered so much fear is yourself.<img title="Matt-B-Dark-Window_opt[1]" src="http://jefitoblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/Matt-B-Dark-Window_opt1.jpg" alt="" width="440" height="291" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Being polite and dreaming in German — Konjunktiv II ]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/07/16/being-polite-and-dreaming-in-german-konjunktiv-ii/</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 16 Jul 2012 21:40:36 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/07/16/being-polite-and-dreaming-in-german-konjunktiv-ii/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Learning a second language is hard, especially for adults. Why? Because it’s like you’re a child aga]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Learning a second language is hard, especially for adults. Why? Because it’s like you’re a child again. In your native language and any other language you’ve mastered, you can express yourself clearly and eloquently. In your new language you want to talk about complex things like a news story, something that happened to you, what you would do in a certain incident etc. But there you are with a limited vocabulary and only a few grammatical structures to help you do all that. Fret not! As I’ve written in past posts, with a little you can say a great deal. In fact, you might be expressing yourself clearer than you would be in your native language. So take time to stop and think: what can I say, what structures do I have and how can I best use them? You’ll be surprised just how much you can.<!--more--></p>
<p><img class="alignright  wp-image-1289" title="waswaerewenn" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/waswaerewenn.jpg?w=256&#038;h=169" width="256" height="169" />For this post though, I want to give you a new grammatical form that will allow you to tackle those hypothetical situations and also allow you to be polite: Konjunktiv II (the subjunctive). <a title="Understanding German Verbs Part II" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/07/understanding-german-verbs-part-ii/">I’ve touched on this before</a>, but never really gone into details. So here we go:</p>
<p>If you speak even the slightest bit of German, you’ve probably been using Konjuntiv II. Remember: “<em><strong>Ich <span style="color:#3366ff;">hätte</span> gern einen Kaffee.</strong></em>” and “<em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Möchten</span> Sie etwas trinken?</strong></em>” Yes, simple sentences use Konjuntiv II. (<a title="Wine and German — What you like and would like" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/20/wine-and-german-what-you-like-and-would-like/">Read about <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>hätten gern</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>möchten</strong></em></span></a>)</p>
<p>All verbs have a Konjuntiv II form, which you can look up on sites like <a href="http://www.canoo.net/" target="_blank">Canoo</a> or in books like <em>501 German Verbs: Fully Conjugated in All the Tenses</em> (ISBN: 0812044339). That said, they are not all useful, as some are the same as the Präteritum (Simple Past) from of the verb and others are just hard to remember. The way you build the verb is to put the verb in its Präteritum form and add an umlaut (<em><strong>¨</strong></em>) to the stem vowel if it’s an <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>a</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>o</strong></em></span> or <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>u</strong></em></span>. The more important verbs are:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Infinitiv</strong></td>
<td><strong>Präteritum</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>Konj. II</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>ich </strong><strong>er / sie / es</strong></td>
<td><strong>du</strong></td>
<td><strong>wir </strong><strong>Sie / sie</strong></td>
<td><strong>ihr</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>sein</strong></td>
<td>waren</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>wären</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wäre</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wär(e)st</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wären</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wäret</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>haben</strong></td>
<td>hatten</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>hätten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>hätte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>hättest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>hätten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>hättet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>werden</strong></td>
<td>wurden</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>würden</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>würde</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>würdest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>würden</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>würdet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>geben</strong></td>
<td>gaben</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>gäben</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gäbe</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gäb(e)st</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gäben</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gäb(e)t</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>gehen</strong></td>
<td>gingen</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>gingen</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>ginge</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gingest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>gingen</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>ginget</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>kommen</strong></td>
<td>kamen</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>kämen</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>käme</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>kämest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>kämen</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>käm(e)t</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wissen</strong></td>
<td>wussten</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>wüssten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wüsste</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wüsstet</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wüssten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em>wüsstet</em></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The modals are also very good to know, as it will save you from having to use three verbs in a sentence. Note here that wollen and sollen do not take an umlaut in the Konjuntiv II form.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Infinitiv</strong></td>
<td><strong>Präteritum</strong></td>
<td><strong><em>Konj. II</em></strong></td>
<td><strong>ich / er/sie/es</strong></td>
<td><strong>du</strong></td>
<td><strong>wir / Sie/sie</strong></td>
<td><strong>ihr</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>dürfen</strong></td>
<td>durften</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>dürften</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>dürfte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>dürftest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>dürften</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>dürftet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>können</strong></td>
<td>konnten</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>könnten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>könnte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>könntest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>könnten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>könntet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mögen</strong></td>
<td>mochten</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>möchten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>möchte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>möchtest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>möchten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>möchtet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>müssen</strong></td>
<td>mussten</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>müssten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>müsste</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>müsstest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>müssten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>müsstet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>sollen</strong></td>
<td>* sollten</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>*sollten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>sollte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>solltest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>sollten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>solltet</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>wollen</strong></td>
<td>* wollten</td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>*wollten</em></strong></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>wollte</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>wolltest</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>wollten</em></span></td>
<td><span style="color:#339966;"><em>wolltet</em></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>For other verbs we generally use the würde + Infinitiv construction, which is essentially the “would + infinitive form” in English. Here are the conjugations of würden again:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>ich</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>e</strong></span></td>
<td>wir</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>en</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>du</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>est</strong></span></td>
<td>ihr</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>et</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>er / sie / es</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>e</strong></span></td>
<td>Sie / sie</td>
<td><span style="color:#3366ff;">würd<strong>en</strong></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Important to remember is that we do not use the würde construction with haben and sein</p>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">würde</span></strong></em> + <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">haben</span></strong></em> = <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>hätte</strong></em></span></p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">würde</span></strong></em> + <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>sein</strong></em></span> = <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>wäre</strong></em></span></p></blockquote>
<p>Let’s see how we can use these verbs in Konjuntiv II.</p>
<h2>Politeness:</h2>
<p>If you’re already recieving e-mails from German colleagues, you might think that they are rather direct. When I say German, I really mean from Germany Germans. Austrians and Swiss tend to be a little less direct, which causes a bit of a culture conflict between German speakers from the alps and those from up north. Directness for Germans isn’t impolite, it’s just business. Swiss and Austrians are a little more English and will write things with the Konjunktiv II and make requests sound more polite.</p>
<p><em><strong>Direct:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Rufen Sie mich bitte um elf Uhr an.</strong></em>(Imperativ)
<ul>
<li><em>Please call me at 11 o’clock.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><em><strong>Indirect:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Könnten</span> Sie mich bitte um Uhr anrufen.</strong></em>(Konjunktiv II)
<ul>
<li><em>Could you please call me at 11 o’clock.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><em><strong>Direct:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich bekomme einen Kaffee und Croissant, dank.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I get a coffee and croissant. </em>(Literally) Better:<em> Give me a coffee and croissant.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><em><strong>Indirect:</strong></em></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich <span style="color:#3366ff;">hätte gern</span> einen Kaffee und ein Croissant, bitte.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I would like a coffee and a croissant, please.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>I the second variation is indirect, because it is a request in the form of a question or wish, but you know that it will be fulfilled. You know you’re getting a coffee when you order one at a café, just like you are almost 100% certain the person you ask to call you at 11 will do so.</p>
<p>*Note: The direct “Ich bekomme + what you’re ordering” is a frowned upon form in Switzerland and Austria. Some Germans, especially in the South, may also have issues with it.</p>
<h2>Hypothetical cases or the Second Conditional in German:</h2>
<p><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1290" title="Ohne Werbung wäre ich Millionär" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/screen-shot-2012-07-16-at-11-27-17-pm.png?w=221&#038;h=300" width="221" height="300" />I had a professor at the <em><strong>University of British Columbia</strong></em> and he told me in a seminar on teaching German as a foreign language that he loves Konjuntiv II because it allows students to be creative and describe the impossible, improbable, as well as hope and aspirations, which forces them to increase their vocabulary with words that are important to them.</p>
<p>Because oral offers and agreements are binding in German-speaking countries, many business people will use the Konjuntiv II to make hypothetical offers or ask for information, but indicate that no formal agreement has been reached. The Konjunctiv II form of the verbs are then purposefully stressed, so that everyone is clear that it is hypothetical.</p>
<p>The easiest way to use the Konjuntiv II then is the German “<strong><em>if-clause</em></strong>” (<em><strong>Wenn-Sätze</strong></em>). In English the verb tenses tend to be different on each side of the comma separating the dependent and independent clauses in conditional sentences. This is not the case in German — Konjunktiv II on both sides. You’ll also hear this when German speakers build conditionals in English. They will say things like: “<em><strong>If I would be rich, I would buy me a Ferrari.</strong></em>”**</p>
<p>Just to make this 100% clear again: conditional sentences using Konjunktiv II imply something that is not real — contradictory to reality. Please, please, please remember this!</p>
<h3>The basic German structure is thus:</h3>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Wenn</td>
<td>Subjekt</td>
<td>Mittelfeld</td>
<td>Verb<sub>2 </sub>Verb<sub>1</sub></td>
<td>,</td>
<td>Verb<sub>1</sub></td>
<td>Subjekt</td>
<td>Mittelfeld</td>
<td>Verb<sub>2</sub></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wenn</td>
<td>ich</td>
<td>mehr Zeit</td>
<td>hätte</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>würde</td>
<td>ich</td>
<td>weiter</td>
<td>laufen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">If I had more time</td>
<td>,</td>
<td colspan="4">I would run further</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wenn</td>
<td>Mark</td>
<td>eine Lohnerhöhung</td>
<td>bekommen würde</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>würde</td>
<td>er</td>
<td>keinen neuen Job</td>
<td>suchen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">If Mark got a pay raise</td>
<td>,</td>
<td colspan="4">he wouldn’t look for a new job</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wenn</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>reich</td>
<td>wären</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>würden</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>in einem Schloss</td>
<td>wohnen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">If we were rich</td>
<td>,</td>
<td colspan="4">we would live in a castle</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wenn</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>nicht</td>
<td>arbeiten müssten</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>würden</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>euch</td>
<td>besuchen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">If we didn’t have to work</td>
<td>,</td>
<td colspan="4">we would visit you</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>German conditionals can also be inverted, in which case the “<em><strong>wenn-clause</strong></em>” comes in the second position. The first clause is then a <em><strong>Hauptsatz</strong></em> and follows regular word order. See belowNote that if you are using the Konjuntiv II form of a verb and not the würde construction, then you might only have one verb in the clause.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Subjekt</td>
<td>Verb<sub>1</sub></td>
<td>Mittelfeld</td>
<td>Verb<sub>2</sub></td>
<td>,</td>
<td>wenn</td>
<td>Subjekt</td>
<td>Mittelfeld</td>
<td>Verb<sub>2  </sub>Verb<sub>1</sub></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ich</td>
<td>würde</td>
<td>weiter</td>
<td>laufen</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>wenn</td>
<td>ich</td>
<td>mehr Zeit</td>
<td>hätte.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">I would run further</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">if I had more time</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Mark</td>
<td>würde</td>
<td>keinen neuen Job</td>
<td>suchen</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>wenn</td>
<td>er</td>
<td>eine Lohnerhöhung</td>
<td>bekommen würde.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">Mark wouldn’t look for a new job</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">if he got a pay raise</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wir</td>
<td>würden</td>
<td>in einem Schloss</td>
<td>wohnen</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>wenn</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>reich</td>
<td>wären.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">We would live in a castle</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">if we were rich</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Wir</td>
<td>würden</td>
<td>euch</td>
<td>besuchen</td>
<td>,</td>
<td>wenn</td>
<td>wir</td>
<td>nicht</td>
<td>arbeiten müssten.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="4">We would visit you</td>
<td></td>
<td colspan="4">if we didn’t have to work</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If you keep these structures in mind, you’ll be able to write and say conditional sentences correctly and with ease — it just takes a little practice. Try the exercises below.</p>
<h2>Millionär von den Prinzen</h2>
<p>Here&#8217;s a song by the German group Die Prinzen entitled &#8220;Millionär&#8221;. They use the Konjunktiv II (Ich wär&#8217; so genre Millionär&#8230;). I&#8217;ve also put the literal translation below.</p>
<span class='embed-youtube' style='text-align:center; display: block;'><iframe class='youtube-player' type='text/html' width='640' height='390' src='http://www.youtube.com/embed/EI7tjOMg-ss?version=3&#038;rel=1&#038;fs=1&#038;showsearch=0&#038;showinfo=1&#038;iv_load_policy=1&#038;wmode=transparent' frameborder='0'></iframe></span>
<h3>Millionär in English. Translation by: <i>Hyde Flippo</i></h3>
<p>I&#8217;d really like to be a millionaire<br />
Then my account would never be empty<br />
I&#8217;d really like to be a millionaire<br />
Worth millions<br />
I&#8217;d really like to be a millionaire</p>
<p>(Money, money, money&#8230;)</p>
<p>I have no money, have no clue, but I do have a big mouth<br />
I&#8217;m neither a doctor nor a professor, but I&#8217;m terribly lazy<br />
I have no rich girl friend and no rich male friend<br />
Unfortunately, up to now I&#8217;ve only dreamed of having dough</p>
<p>What should I do, what should I try? I&#8217;m half sick with worry<br />
A few times before I thought: Perhaps you could rob a bank<br />
But unfortunately that&#8217;s very dangerous; I&#8217;d get caught for sure<br />
And besides I&#8217;m actually honest and I don&#8217;t want to go to jail</p>
<p>I&#8217;d really like to be a millionaire&#8230;</p>
<p>There are so many rich widows who want me badly<br />
They&#8217;re hot for my body, but I won&#8217;t give it to them<br />
I don&#8217;t think I could handle that for any price in the world<br />
That&#8217;s why I&#8217;d rather become a pop star and swim in my money</p>
<p>I&#8217;d really like to be a millionaire&#8230;</p>
<h2>Exercises:</h2>
<p><strong>Combine these sentences into conditional sentences using Konjuntiv II.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Martin ist sehr faul. Er kann die schwere mündliche Prüfung nicht bestehen.</li>
<li>Ich werde befördert. Ich suche mir keinen neuen Job.</li>
<li>Der Schiedsrichter pfeift nicht. Es gibt keinen Elfmeter.</li>
<li>Heute regnet es. Ich gehe nicht spazieren.</li>
<li>Der Zug ist mal wieder unpünklich. Herr Leuenberger kommt wieder zu spät ins Büro.</li>
<li>Die Autofahrerin fährt zu schnell. Er muss eine Geldstrafe zahlen.</li>
<li>Frau Hess sieht Herrn Müller nicht. Sie grüsst ihn nicht.</li>
<li>Max ist noch sehr klein. Er kann nicht über den Zaun klettern.</li>
<li>John macht seine Hausaufgaben nicht. Deshalb darf er heute nicht ins Kino gehen.</li>
<li>Es regnet seit Wochen. Es gibt Überschwemmungen.</li>
</ol>
<p>**I made the sentence reflexive on purpose. <a title="I buy me a coffee — The reflexive in German" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/02/20/i-buy-me-a-coffee-the-reflexive-in-german/" target="_blank">Read more here</a>.</p>
		<div id="geo-post-1279" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395124</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510160</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Indirekte Fragen — Taking the Directness out of German]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/06/24/indirekte-fragen-taking-the-directness-out-of-german/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 24 Jun 2012 18:40:23 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/06/24/indirekte-fragen-taking-the-directness-out-of-german/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Many of you may have recently seen a picture circulating around the web recently that graphically re]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Many of you may have recently seen a picture circulating around the web recently that graphically represents stereotypes of European languages and cultures. Austrian speak German, as do the Swiss, Liechtensteiners and South Tyrolleans (Südtirol). That said, the way these cultures and languages communicate is different. In the graphic German is represented as a straight to the point line.</p>
<p>An intercutrural issue often experienced by English speakers working with Germans is that they find them very direct. Even the Swiss and Austrians find Germans quite direct (Don’t use “<em><strong>Ich bekomme einen Kaffee</strong></em>.” in Zurich, if you don’t want a lecture on politeness).</p>
<p style="text-align:center;"><img class="size-full wp-image-1177 aligncenter" title="European Communication stereotypes" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/401811_10151826992480462_1660526317_n1.jpg?w=640&#038;h=453" width="640" height="453" /></p>
<p>All of the above said, Germans and other German speakers aren’t always that direct. When it comes to questions, you may not want to be so direct, as not to come off rude or show genuine interest in the coming answer. For this reason there is a grammatical form called the indirect question (<em><strong>Indirekte Frage</strong></em>).</p>
<p>There are two types of <em><strong>Indirekte Frage</strong></em>, just like there are two types of questions. Those that ask a question requiring a <em><strong>yes/no answer</strong></em> and questions that ask for <em><strong>information</strong></em> (in which case yes/no is not an answer).</p>
<h2>German Yes/No Questions:</h2>
<p>Remember how yes/no questions start?</p>
<p>Yes, just like the question above: with a verb.</p>
<p>z.B</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Liebst</span> du deinen neuen Freund?</strong></em> (<em>Do you love your new boyfriend?</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Wollen</span> die bayrischen Kunden Bier <span style="color:#339966;">bestellen</span>?</strong> </em>((Do the Bavarian customers want to order beer?)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Interessiert</span> sich Frau Langenegger für den roten Sportwagen?</strong></em> (Is Ms. Langenegger interested in the red sports car?)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Warten</span> die Besucher auf Herrn Nägeli?</strong> </em>(Are the visitors waiting for Mr. Nägeli?)</li>
</ul>
<p><img class="alignright  wp-image-1179" title="Roter audi" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/audi-r8-v10-474x316-f8e8b0dda1c13cba.jpg?w=210&#038;h=140" width="210" height="140" />How do we turn these simple direct yes/no questions into indirect questions?</p>
<p>First we need an introductory clause. Some common ones are:</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Ich möchte wissen,</span> &#8230;</strong></em> (<em>I would like to know &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Wissen Sie,</span> &#8230;</strong> </em>(<em>Do you know &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Ich wüsste gern,</span> &#8230;</strong></em> (<em>I would like to know &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Können Sie mir bitte sagen,</span> &#8230;</strong></em> (<em>Can you please tell me &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Darf ich Sie fragen,</span> &#8230;</strong> </em>(<em>May I ask you &#8230;</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>Once you have a nice way to introduce your question, you’re ready to get started. You can also change the subject from ich to another person if, say, you’re asking a question for someone else like your boss or partner.</p>
<p>To pose the above questions indirectly, you need the conjuction “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” (if). Remember when we use ob as a conjunction that the verb goes at the end of the clause. An <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> clause is a dependent clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Independent Clause</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" colspan="3" valign="top"><strong>Dependent Clause</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Conj.</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Midfield</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Verb</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Kannst du mir sagen,</strong></em></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>ob</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">du deinen neuen Freund</td>
<td valign="top"><strong><span style="color:#339966;"><em>liebst.</em></span></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Wissen Sie,</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>ob</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">die bayrischen Kunden Bier</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>kaufen wollen.</em></strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Ich wüsste gern,</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>ob</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">sich Frau Langenegger für den roten Sportwagen</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>interessiert.</em></strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Können Sie uns sagen,</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>ob</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">die Besucher auf Herrn Nägeli</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>warten.</em></strong></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2>German Information Questions:</h2>
<p>Remember that information questions start with interrogatives (questions words: <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wer, wann, wo, warum, wie</strong></em></span>, usw.)</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Woher</span> <span style="color:#339966;">kommt</span> die neue Studentin?</strong></em> (<em>Where is the new student from?</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Was</span> <span style="color:#339966;">suchen</span> Sie hier in meinem Büro?</strong></em> (<em>What are you looking for here in my office?</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Worauf</span> <span style="color:#339966;">warten</span> die bayrischen Touristen?</strong></em> (<em>What are the Bavarian tourists waiting for?</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Welcher</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">Wein</span> <span style="color:#339966;">schmeckt</span> unseren Gästen besser?</strong></em> (<em>Which wine tastes better to our guests?</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>Again here we build a complex sentence and use our introductory clauses and then add a dependent clause that starts with out interrogative.</p>
<p>Here are a few more common introductory clauses that you can use when asking indirect information questions in <img class="alignright  wp-image-1180" title="welcherwein" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/welcherwein.jpg?w=210&#038;h=139" width="210" height="139" />German:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Mich würde interessieren, &#8230;</strong></em></span> (<em>I&#8217;d be interested to know &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><strong><em><span style="color:#0000ff;">Ich habe keine Ahnung, &#8230;</span> </em></strong>(<em>I have no idea &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Wenn ich nur wüsste, &#8230;</strong> </em></span>(<em>If I only knew &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Mich interessiert brennend, &#8230;</strong></em></span> (<em>I&#8217;m dying to know &#8230;</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Es ist mir schleierhaft, &#8230;</strong></em></span> (<em>It&#8217;s a mystery to me &#8230;</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>z.B</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Independent Clause</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" colspan="3" valign="top"><strong>Dependent Clause</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Introduction</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Conjunction</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Midfield</strong></td>
<td style="text-align:center;" valign="top"><strong>Verb</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Ich hätte gern gewusst,</strong></em></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>woher</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">die attraktive Studentin</td>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>kommt</strong></span><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>.</strong></span></em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Könnten Sie mir bitte sagen,</strong></em></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>was</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">Sie hier in meinem Büro</td>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>suche</strong></span><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>n</strong><strong>.</strong></span></em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Niemand weiß,</strong></em></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>worauf</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">die englischen Touristen</td>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>warten</strong><strong>.</strong></span></em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Unser Chef möchte wissen,</strong></em></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>welcher Wein</em></strong></span></td>
<td valign="top">unseren Gästen besser</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>schmeckt.</em></strong></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>And there we have it — any easy way to be a little indirect in German and still come across as serious, yet polite.</p>
<h2>Exercises</h2>
<p>Try re-writing these direct questions into indirect questions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Wie heisst die Frau da drüben?</li>
<li>Hat sie eine Wohnung in Zürich gefunden?</li>
<li>Kennt Ihre Tochter Winterthur gut?</li>
<li>Ist das Büro des Direktors noch in der fünfen Etage?</li>
<li>Wie viel kostet der Wagen in Deutschland?</li>
<li>Hätten Sie Feuer?</li>
<li>Wie spät ist es?</li>
<li>Kennen Sie Herrn Schmidt?</li>
<li>Worum geht es? (What’s it about?)</li>
<li>Unter welchen Umständen haben die beiden sich kennen gelernt?</li>
</ol>
		<div id="geo-post-1175" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395124</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510160</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[vor vs. bevor vs. vorher — yes, there's a difference!]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/06/04/vor-vs-bevor-vs-vorher-yes-theres-a-difference/</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 04 Jun 2012 10:51:35 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/06/04/vor-vs-bevor-vs-vorher-yes-theres-a-difference/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Last week we looked at the words nach, nachdem and nachher. We learned that these words, while they]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last week we looked at the words <a title="nach vs. nachdem vs. nachher — what’s the difference?" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/27/nach-vs-nachdem-vs-nachher-whats-the-difference/">nach, nachdem and nachher</a>. We learned that these words, while they can be used to convey the same information, have different grammatical functions and word order and event order must be observed. This week we’ll look at their counterparts: vor, bevor and vorher.</p>
<h2><span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> (Preposition)</h2>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[foːɐ̯]</strong></em></p>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<ol>
<li>Used in time sequences to mean before. For time meanings it is a dative preposition.</li>
<li>For spacial sequence it is used to place an object in front of another object. The object appearing in the dative after the preposition vor comes afterwards.</li>
<li>To move to a position in front of something (here with the accusative)</li>
<li>To give a reason for a circumstance</li>
</ol>
<div id="attachment_1148" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1148" title="Kostüme im Altertum und Mittelalter" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/meyers_b10_nr0120a_hfid_503979.jpg?w=300&#038;h=244" width="300" height="244" /><p class="wp-caption-text">das Altertum kam vor dem Mittelalter.</p></div>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. <em><strong>Das Altertum kam <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> dem Mittelalter.</strong> </em>(Antiquity came before the Middle Ages.)<br />
1. <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Vor</span> einer Stunde hat es noch geregnet.</strong></em> (It was raining an hour ago.)<br />
1. <em><strong>Es ist Viertel <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> neun.</strong></em> (It’s quarter to nine.)<br />
2. <em><strong>Die Schuhe stehen <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> der Tür.</strong></em> (The shoes are standing in front of the door.)<br />
2. <em><strong>Die Kinder stehen <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> ihren Eltern.</strong></em> (The children are standing in front of their parents.)<br />
3. <em><strong>Stell deine Schuhe <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> die Tür.</strong></em> (Place your shoes in front of the door.)<br />
3. <em><strong>Die Kinder stellen sich <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> ihre Eltern.</strong></em> (The children are placing themselves in front of their parents.)<br />
4. <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Vor</span> lauter Aufregung kaut Peter immer an den Fingern.</strong></em> (Peter always bites his finger nails when he get’s excited.)<br />
4. <em><strong>Christine kann <span style="color:#ff6600;">vor</span> Angst nicht schlafen.</strong></em> (Due to her fear, Christine can’t sleep.)</p>
<p>**Note: <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>vor</strong></em></span> is a <a title="Prepositions Part 3: Two-Way Prepositions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/10/02/prepositions-part-3-two-way-prepositions/">two-way preposition</a>. When we use it for time, it takes the <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">dative</a>. It also means “<em><strong>ago</strong></em>” like in the second example.</p>
<h2><span style="color:#0000ff;">bevor</span> (Subordinating Conjunction)</h2>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[bəˈfoːa̯]</strong></em></p>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<p>1. Temporal <a title="German Subordinating Conjunctions — Yes, Sometimes the Verb Goes at the End" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/">subordinating conjunction</a> used to express a subsequent event. The content of the dependent clause occurred after the actions in the independent clause.</p>
<h3>German Synonym:</h3>
<p>ehe</p>
<h3>German Antonym:</h3>
<p>nachdem, danach</p>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. <em><strong>Du musst dich noch umziehen, <span style="color:#0000ff;">bevor</span> wir ins Theater gehen.</strong> </em>(You have to change before we go to the theatre.)<br />
1. <em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Bevor</span> wir in den Urlaub fahren, müssen wir die Blumen giessen.</strong></em> (Bofore we go on vacation, we have to water the flowers.)</p>
<h3>Sentence structure when using <span style="color:#0000ff;">bevor</span>:</h3>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent Clause (Hauptsatz)</strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Wasch</strong></em></span> dir die Hände</td>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>bevor</strong></span></em> du dich an den Tisch <em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>setzt</strong></span></em>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Wash your hands</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>before </em></strong></span><em>you sit at the table.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Hannes <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>muss</strong></em></span> seine Hausaufgaben <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>machen</strong></em></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>bevor</strong></em></span> er mit seinen Freunden <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>spielen darf</strong></em></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Hannes has to do his homework</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>before </em></strong></span><em>he’s allowed to play with his friends.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Christian <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>überlegte</strong></em></span> noch kurz,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>bevor</strong></em></span> er sie das erste Mal <span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>küsste</em></strong></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Christian quickly thought about it</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>before </em></strong></span><em>he kissed her for the first time.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent Clause (Hauptsatz)</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Bevor</strong></em></span> du dich an den Tisch <em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>setzt</strong></span></em>,</td>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>wasch</strong></span></em> dir deine Hände.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>Before</em></strong></span><em> you sit yourself at the table,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>Wash your hands.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Bevor</strong></em></span> Hannes mit seinen Freunden <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>spielen darf</strong></em></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>muss</strong></em></span> er seine Hausaufgaben <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>machen</strong></em></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>Before</em></strong></span><em> Hannes is allowed to play with his friends,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>he has to do his homework.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Bevor</strong></em></span> Christian sie das erste Mal <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>küsste</strong></em></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>überlegte </strong></em></span>er noch kurz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>Before </strong></span>Christian kissed her for the first time,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>he briefly thought about it.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>We can turn dependent clauses using bevor into sentences using the preposition vor through nominalization. When we do this it is usually always the verb from the dependent which we turn into a noun (the meaning usually being the “the act of” or the equivalent of the gerund (-ing form) in English). Some verbs have regular noun derivatives and you need to ask if you are talking about the noun form (<span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>küssen</strong></em></span> —&#62; <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">der Kuss</span></strong></em> (the kiss) or <em><strong><span style="color:#ff00ff;">das Küssen</span></strong></em> (the act of kissing))</p>
<p>Here are our above examples:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent clause freaturing a preposition-noun-construction</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#000000;">Wasch dir <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>vor</em></strong></span><strong><em> dem Hinsetzen (an den Tisch)</em></strong> deine Hände.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Wash your hands <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>before</strong></span> you take your place at the table.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Hannes muss <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>vor</em></strong></span><strong><em> dem Spielen mit seinen Freunden </em></strong>seine Hausaufgaben machen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Before</strong></em></span> Hannes plays with his friends he must do his homework.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>Vor</em></strong></span><strong><em> dem ersten Kuss</em></strong> überlegte Christian noch kurz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><strong><em><span style="color:#ff6600;">Before</span> </em></strong>the first kiss, Christian briefly thought about it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span style="color:#800080;">vorher</span> (Adverb)</h2>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[ˈfoːɐ̯heːɐ̯]</strong></em></p>
<div id="attachment_1149" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1149" title="Stufenalter" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/stufenalter_mann.gif?w=300&#038;h=235" width="300" height="235" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Das Stufenalter des Mannes</p></div>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<p>1. before this point in time</p>
<h3>German Synonyms:</h3>
<p>davor, früher, eher, zuvor</p>
<h3>German Antonyms:</h3>
<p>nachher</p>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. Wenn ich das nur vorher gewusst hätte! (If I’d only know that earlier.)<br />
1. Hannes darf nur mit seinen Freunden spielen, wenn er vorher seine Hausaufgaben gemacht hat. (Hannes may only play with his friends, if he has done his homework before hand.)</p>
<h2>Let’s try a sentence in it’s many variations:</h2>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Vor</span> dem Theater haben sie in einem Restaurant gegessen.</strong></em> (Before the theatre, they ate in a restaurant.)</p>
<p>=</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Bevor</span> sie ins Theater gegangen sind, haben sie im Restaurant gegessen.</strong></em> (Before they went to the theatre, they ate in a restaurant.)</p>
<p>=</p>
<p><em><strong>Sie sind ins Theater gegangen, aber <span style="color:#800080;">vorher</span> haben sie in einem Restaurant gegessen.</strong></em> (They went to the theatre, but before that they ate in a restaurant.)</p></blockquote>
<h2>Exercises:</h2>
<p>Complete these sentences with either vor, bevor, or vorher</p>
<ol>
<li>_____ Markus kommt, esse ich noch ein bisschen.</li>
<li>_____ Markus’ Kommen esse ich noch ein bisschen.</li>
<li>_____ esse ich noch ein bisschen.</li>
<li>Er fährt noch _____ Beginn der Weihnachtsferien nach Zermatt.</li>
<li>Er fährt nicht erst im Januar, er fährt schon _____ weg.</li>
<li>Er hat _____ der Diskussion mit Margrit lange im Büro gearbeitet.</li>
<li>_____ sie diskutierten, hatte er lange gearbeitet.</li>
<li>Er hatte _____ gearbeitet und dann mit ihr gesprochen.</li>
<li>Henriette und Guido waren in Hamburg und _____ noch in Berlin.</li>
<li>Das war noch, _____ sie sich kennen lernten.</li>
</ol>
		<div id="geo-post-1144" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395144</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510217</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[nach vs. nachdem vs. nachher — what's the difference?]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/27/nach-vs-nachdem-vs-nachher-whats-the-difference/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 27 May 2012 16:25:19 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/27/nach-vs-nachdem-vs-nachher-whats-the-difference/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Anyone learning German should also find that both their logic and English are improving as well. The]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anyone learning German should also find that both their logic and English are improving as well. The logic because German sentences are constructed more like mathematical equations and one&#8217;s English because you&#8217;ll become aware of the different uses of English words and possible substitutes. A brilliant example of this is the German words nach, nachdem, and nachher.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at what these words mean and how we can use them in sentences.</p>
<h2><span style="color:#ff6600;">nach</span> (Preposition)</h2>
<div id="attachment_1137" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1137" title="Essen im Restaurant" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/tq-007870_g.jpg?w=300&#038;h=199" width="300" height="199" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Zuerst: Sie haben im Restaurant gegessen.</p></div>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[naːχ]</strong></em></p>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<ol>
<li>In the direction of, to, (for cities and countries without articles)</li>
<li>for showing the target of an action in a sentence</li>
<li>for showing the spacial or temporal relation (after)</li>
<li>For quoting someone, something. (according to)</li>
</ol>
<h3>German Synonyms:</h3>
<p>hinter (behind)</p>
<p>gemäß, laut</p>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. <em><strong>Ich muss <span style="color:#ff6600;">nach</span> Hause.</strong></em> (I have to go home.)<br />
1. <em><strong>Wir fliegen <span style="color:#ff6600;">nach</span> Tokyo.</strong></em> (We’re flying to Tokyo.)<br />
2. <em><strong>Adam griff <span style="color:#ff6600;">nach</span> dem Apfel.</strong> </em>(Adam reached for the apple.)<br />
3. <em><strong>Es ist Viertel <span style="color:#ff6600;">nach</span> sieben (7:15)</strong></em>. (It’s quarter past seven.)<br />
3. <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Nach</span> der Haltestelle Kanonengasse kommt die Langstrasse.</strong></em> (After the stop Kononengasse is the Langstrasse.)<br />
3. <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Nach</span> dem Essen sind sie weiter ins Theater gegangen.</strong></em> (After the meal, they went to the theatre.)<br />
4. <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Nach</span> seinem Wunsch wurde auf der Feier nur Bordeaux serviert.</strong></em> (In accordance with his wish only Bordeaux was served at the party.)</p>
<p>**Note. <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>nach</strong></em></span> takes the dative case after it.</p>
<h2><span style="color:#0000ff;">nachdem</span> (Subordinating Conjunction)</h2>
<div id="attachment_1138" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1138" title="in theater gehen" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/nachtigall-gp_0153.jpg?w=300&#038;h=199" width="300" height="199" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Danach: Sie sind ins Theater gegangen.</p></div>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[naːχˈdeːm]</strong></em></p>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<ol>
<li>Temporal subordinating conjunction used to express a prior event. The content of the dependent clause occurred before the actions in the independent clause.</li>
<li>More specifically it can be used as a causal subordinating conjunction to express the reason for the action in the independent clause.</li>
</ol>
<h3>German Synonyms:</h3>
<p>weil, zumal</p>
<h3>German Antonyms:</h3>
<p>bevor, ehe</p>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. <em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Nachdem</span> sie gegessen hatten, gingen sie weiter ins Theater.</strong></em> (After they had eaten, they went to the threatre.)<br />
1. <em><strong>Sie gingen weiter ins Theater, <span style="color:#0000ff;">nachdem</span> sie gegessen hatten.</strong></em> (They went to the theatre after they had eaten.)<br />
1. <em><strong>Sie gingen, <span style="color:#0000ff;">nachdem</span> sie gegessen hatten, weiter ins Theatre</strong></em>. (They went, after they had eaten, to the theatre.)<br />
2. <em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Nachdem</span> es offenbar ein Problem für ihn ist, ziehe ich den Antrag zurück.</strong></em> (As it is obviously a problem for him, I am withdrawing the motion.)</p>
<h3>Sentence structure when using nachdem:</h3>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Hauptsatz</strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><strong>+</strong></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Nebensatz</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Future (Zukunft)</td>
<td valign="top">+</td>
<td valign="top">Past (Vergangenheit*)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Present (Gegenwart)</td>
<td valign="top">+</td>
<td valign="top">Past (Vergangenheit*)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Past (Vergangenheit*)</td>
<td valign="top">+</td>
<td valign="top">(Pluperfect) Plusquamperfekt</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>If the main clause is in the present, the dependent clause must be in the perfect. If the main clause is in the perfect or simple past tense, then the dependent clause must be in the pluperfect.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent Clause (Hauptsatz)</strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Du <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>setzt</strong></em></span> dich erst an den Tisch,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>nachdem</strong></span> du dir deine Hände <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gewaschen hast</strong></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>You’ll sit at the table</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>after </em></strong></span><em>you have washed your hands.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Hannes <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>darf</strong></em></span> mit seinen Freunden <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>spielen</strong></em></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>nachdem</strong></span> er seine Hausaufgaben <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gemacht hat</strong></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Hannes may play with his friends</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>after </em></strong></span><em>he has done his homework.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Christian <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>küsste</strong></em></span> sie das erste Mal,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>nachdem</strong></span> er kurz <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>überlegt hatte</strong></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><em>Christian kissed her the first time</em></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>after </em></strong></span><em>he shortly thought about it.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</strong></span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent Clause (Hauptsatz)</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#000000;"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>Nachdem</strong></span> du dir deine Hände <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gewaschen hast</strong></span>,</span></td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#000000;"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>darfst</strong></span> du dich an den Tisch <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>setzen</strong></span>.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>After</em></strong></span><em> you have washed your hands,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>you</em><strong><em> </em></strong><em>may sit at the table.</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>Nachdem</strong></span> Hannes seine Hausaufgaben<span style="color:#339966;"> <strong>gemacht hat</strong></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>darf</strong></span> er mit seinen Freunden <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>spielen</strong></span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>After</em></strong></span><em> Hannes has done his homework,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>he’s allowed to play with his friends</em></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>Nachdem</strong></span> Christian kurz <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>überlegt hatte</strong></span>,</td>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>küsste</strong></span> er sie das erste Mal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong>After </strong></span><em>Christian shortly thought about it,</em></td>
<td valign="top"><em>he kissed her for the first time.</em></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Note here that the variations of the first usage are essentially just another way of expressing the last example for the third usage form of nach.</p>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Nach</span> dem Essen sind sie weiter ins Theater gegangen.</strong></em> (After the meal, they went to the theatre.)</p>
<p><strong>=</strong></p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Nachdem</span> sie gegessen hatten, gingen sie weiter ins Theater.</strong></em> (After they had eaten, they went to the threatre.)</p></blockquote>
<p>What you need to remember here is that <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>nach</strong></em></span></a> is a preposition and <a title="German Subordinating Conjunctions — Yes, Sometimes the Verb Goes at the End" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/"><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nachdem</strong></em></span></a> is a subordinating conjunction. That means that <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>nach</strong></em></span> comes before a noun (<em><strong>dem Essen</strong></em>) and <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nachdem</strong></em></span> introduces a dependent clause.</p>
<p>We can turn dependent clauses using <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nachdem</strong></em></span> into sentences using the preposition <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>nach</strong></em></span> through nominalization. When we do this it is usually always the <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> from the dependent which we turn into a noun (the meaning usually being the “the act of” or the equivalent of the gerund (-ing form) in English). Sometimes though the noun from the dependent clause is taken, when the verb can be understood — here for example <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>nach</strong></em></span> <em><strong>den Hausaufgaben</strong></em> (after the homework) is understood to have the meaning “after the homework was done”.</p>
<p>Here are our above examples:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Independent clause freaturing a preposition-noun-construction</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#000000;">Setz dich erst <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>nach</em></strong></span><strong><em> dem Händewaschen</em></strong> an den Tisch.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#000000;"><em>Sit yourself at the table </em><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>after</em></strong></span><em> washing [your] hands.</em></span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Hannes darf <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>nach</em></strong></span><strong><em> den Hausaufgaben </em></strong>mit seinen Freunden spielen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Hannes may play with his friends <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>after</em></strong></span> [his] homework is done.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>Nach</em></strong></span><strong><em> kurzem Überlegen</em></strong> küsste Christian sie das erste Mal.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>After</em></strong></span> short consideration Christian kissed her for the first time.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h2><span style="color:#800080;">nachher</span> (Adverb)</h2>
<h3>Pronunciation:</h3>
<p><em><strong>[ˈnaːχˈheːɐ̯]</strong></em></p>
<h3>Meaning:</h3>
<ol>
<li>Relating to a point in time in the future</li>
<li>After a specified occurrence</li>
<li>Later, when an action/occurrence is over</li>
</ol>
<h3>German Synonyms:</h3>
<ol>
<li>später</li>
<li>danach, hinterher</li>
<li>nachträglich, im Nachhinein</li>
</ol>
<h3>German Antonyms:</h3>
<p>2. vorher</p>
<h3>Usage:</h3>
<p>1. <em><strong>Ich gehe <span style="color:#800080;">nachher</span> schwimmen.</strong></em> (I’m going swimming afterwards.)<br />
2.<em><strong> Zuerst hatten sie gegessen und <span style="color:#800080;">nachher</span> gingen sie weiter ins Theater.</strong></em> (First they ate and afterwards they went to the theatre.)<br />
3. <em><strong>Die Bedeutung wurde mir erst <span style="color:#800080;">nachher</span> klar.</strong></em> (I only understood the meaning afterwards.)</p>
<p>**Note here again that we can reformulate our sentence about eating and going to the theatre. This is helpful for adding variation to your writing and speaking in German.</p>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Nach</span> dem Essen sind sie weiter ins Theater gegangen.</strong></em> (After the meal, they went to the theatre.)</p>
<p><em><strong>=</strong></em></p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Nachdem</span> sie gegessen hatten, gingen sie weiter ins Theater.</strong></em> (After they had eaten, they went to the threatre.)</p>
<p><strong>=</strong></p>
<p><em><strong>Zuerst hatten sie gegessen und <span style="color:#800080;">nachher</span> gingen sie weiter ins Theater.</strong> </em>(First they ate and afterwards they went to the theatre.)</p></blockquote>
<h2>Exercises:</h2>
<p>Combine these sentences using the given word. For the ones with nach, I have given you the word that is nominalized. If you want to add in the rest of the detail you should use the genitive:</p>
<p>Ex. <em>Zuerst: Er hat die vergammelte Bratwurst gegessen. Danach: Es ist ihm schlecht geworden. (Nach) (das Essen)</em><br />
<em><strong>Nach dem Essen der vergammelten Bratwurst ist es ihm schlecht geworden.</strong></em></p>
<p>Ex. <em>Zuerst: Er hat die Bratwurst gegessen. Danach: Er ist krank geworden. (Nachdem)</em><br />
<em><strong>Nachdem er die vergammelte Bratwurst gegessen hatte, wurde es ihm schlecht.</strong></em></p>
<ol>
<li>Zuerst: Markus arbeitete spät im Büro. Danach: Er telefonierte mit seiner Freundin. (Nachdem)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Markus arbeitete spät im Büro. Danach: Er telefonierte mit seiner Freundin. (Nach) (die Arbeit)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Frau O’Neill bereitete eine Präsentation vor. Danach: Sie ging zu einem Meeting. (Nachdem)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Frau O’Neill bereitete eine Präsentation vor. Danach: Sie ging zu einem Meeting. (Nach) (die Vorbereitung)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Sie unterschrieben den Vertrag. Danach: Sie feierten den Abschluss in einem Restaurant. (Nachdem)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Sie unterschrieben den Vertrag. Danach: Sie feierten den Abschluss in einem Restaurant. (Nach) (das Unterschreiben)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Er besteht die Deutschprüfung. Danach: Er beginnt mit seinem Studium. (Nachdem)</li>
<li>Zuerst: Er besteht die Deutschprüfung. Danach: Er beginnt mit seinem Studium. (Nach) (das Bestehen)</li>
</ol>
		<div id="geo-post-1131" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395144</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510217</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German Cases — Understanding verbs, subjects, and objects ]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/20/german-cases-understanding-verbs-subjects-and-objects/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 20 May 2012 09:34:24 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/20/german-cases-understanding-verbs-subjects-and-objects/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you’re reading this, you&#8217;re under 40 years old, and you&#8217;re from an English-speaking c]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’re reading this, you&#8217;re under 40 years old, and you&#8217;re from an English-speaking country, you probably have at least two things in common with most of the readers of this blog. You’re interested in learning German or improving your German. The other thing is that you never really learned English grammar. Sure you just know it, you grew up with it and now you’re learning German and it all seems so confusing.</p>
<p>The good news is that German grammar isn’t that difficult in the big scheme of things. The start is hard, because there are more rules, but there are fewer exceptions to those rules. And again, I want to emphasize that you simply try. Speak whenever and wherever you can.</p>
<p>One of the questions I get asked on a regular basis even from students at A2 and B1 levels coming from other language schools is:</p>
<blockquote><p>“I know I can already do quite a bit in German, but I still don’t understand this nominative, accusative, dative, and genitive stuff. We don’t have this in English. Can you explain it to me?”</p></blockquote>
<p>I always answer with, yes. Yes, these grammatical cases exist in English, and yes, I can explain them.</p>
<p>When you understand these cases, you’ll be better able to understand German sentences and construct better ones.</p>
<p>Let’s look at <em><strong>deconstructing a German sentence</strong> </em>to get a better understanding. This is a 5 step process. We’ll use this example sentence below:</p>
<blockquote><p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Die nette junge Mutter gibt dem guten Freund ihres ältesten Sohnes ein neues Buch.</strong></em></span></p></blockquote>
<h3><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>1. VERB</strong></em></span></h3>
<p>Identify the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> in the <em><strong>independent clause</strong></em> (<span style="color:#333333;"><em><strong>der Hauptsatz</strong></em></span>). Why do we need to do this? Because if you don’t know where the verb is you can’t find the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span>. Where do you find the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> in a German independent clause? <em><strong>In the second position</strong></em>. Remember here that the second position doesn’t mean second word, but second grammatical position.</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span> = <span style="color:#ff0000;">gibt</span> = geben 3rd person singular (to give)</strong></em></p>
<h3><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">2. SUBJECT (Nominative/Nominativ)</span></strong></em></h3>
<p>Once you’ve identified the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span>, you’re close to finding the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject </strong></em><span style="color:#333333;">(<em><strong>das Subjekt</strong></em>)</span></span>. Where is the subject in a German Hauptsatz? It’s either on the right or the left of the verb. Therefore in position one (1) or position three (3). Again a position is not simply a word.</p>
<p>The question you need to ask, and this is why you isolated the verb first is:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>“Wer oder was + <span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span>?”</strong></em> (<em>Who or what + is VERBing?</em>)
<ul>
<li>The answer to that question is the subject. Your subject is in the nominative.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Wer oder was <span style="color:#ff0000;">gibt</span>?</strong></em></span> (<em>Who or what is giving?</em>)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>die Mutter</strong></em></span> (<em>the mother</em>) = <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>SIMPLE SUBJECT</strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>die nette junge Mutter</strong></em></span> (<em>the nice young mother</em>) = <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>COMPLETE SUBJECT</strong></em></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">3. DIRECT OBJECT (Accusative/Akkusativ)</span></strong></em></h3>
<p>So now you have the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span> and the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span>. You know who is doing what. What is the <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>direct object</strong> </em></span>though? The <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>direct object</strong> </em></span>is the thing that the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">verb</span></strong></em> is being done on to. Not all verbs and therefore not all sentences have a <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">direct object</span></strong></em>. Remember also the <a title="Prepositions Part 1: The Accusative 7" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/15/prepositions-part-1-the-accusative-7/">accusative prepositions</a> (<em><strong>bis, durch, entlang, für, gegen, ohne, um</strong></em>)</p>
<p>To find the direct object you need to ask this question:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong><span style="color:#333333;">“Wen oder was +</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span> <span style="color:#333333;">+</span> <span style="color:#008000;">SUBJEKT</span><span style="color:#333333;">?”</span></strong></em></span> (<em>Who or what is the SUBJECT + VERBing?</em>)
<ul>
<li>The answer to this question is the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">direct object</span></strong></em>, which is in the <strong><em><span style="color:#ff6600;">accusative case</span></em></strong>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Wen oder was</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">gibt</span> <span style="color:#008000;">die Mutter</span><span style="color:#3366ff;">?</span></strong></em> (<em>Who or what is the mother giving?</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">ein Buch</span></strong></em> (<em>a book</em>) = <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>SIMPLE OBJECT</strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>ein neues Buch</strong></em></span> (<em>a new book</em>) = <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>COMPLETE OBJECT</strong></em></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">4. INDIRECT OBJECT (Dative/Dativ)</span></strong></em></h3>
<p>Now that we know who is doing what and have also identified the <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>direct object</strong></em></span> we’re well on our way to understanding the complete sentence. Now <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">geben</span></strong></em> (to give) usually has an <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>indirect object</strong></em></span>, that is a recipient of the thing being given (<em>the book</em>). Not all verbs need an <strong><em><span style="color:#800080;">indirect object</span> </em></strong>and, therefore not all sentences will have a <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dative component</strong></em></span>. Because German still has a clear signal for the <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dative</strong></em></span> (<em><strong>declination of articles, adjectives, and nouns</strong></em>) often the preposition which may be present in English can be left out. Prepositions are also often used to convey other information regarding time, manner and place. Remember our German <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">dative prepositions</a> (<em><strong>aus, ausser, bei, gegenüber, mit, nach, seit, von, zu</strong></em>).</p>
<p>To find the indirect object you need ask yourself this question:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>“Wem oder was + <span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span> + <span style="color:#008000;">SUBJEKT</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">DIREKTES OBJEKT</span>?”</strong></em> (<em>To whom or what is the SUBJECT + VERBing + the OBJECT?</em>)
<ul>
<li>The answer to this question is the <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>indirect object</strong></em></span>, which is in the <em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">dative case</span></strong></em>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Wem oder was <span style="color:#ff0000;">gibt</span> <span style="color:#008000;">die Mutter</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">ein Buch</span>?</strong></em></span>(To whom or what is the mother giving a book?)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">dem Freund</span></strong></em> (<em>the friend</em>) = <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>SIMPLE INDIRECT OBJECT</strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dem guten Freund</strong> </em></span>(<em>the good friend</em>) = <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>COMPLETE INDIRECT OBJECT</strong></em></span></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>5. POSSESSIVE CASE (Genitive/Genitiv)</strong></em></span></h3>
<p>The genitive the grammatical case that marks a noun as modifying another noun. It often marks a noun as being the possessor of another noun. This is a fascinating case as it is starting to die out of usage and is being replaced by the dative preposition von. This is why so many German speakers will say in English <em><strong>“The mother from/of my wife&#8230;”</strong></em> for instance instead of <em><strong>“My wife’s mother&#8230;”</strong></em> And there you have an English example of the genitive <em><strong>“wife’s”</strong></em>. Of course there are also <a title="Prepositions Part 4: Don’t Fear the Genitive" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/10/09/prepositions-part-4-dont-fear-the-genitive/">genitive prepositions</a> that can add more information to sentences and there are also <a title="German Adverbs of Time (wann? wie oft?)" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/18/german-adverbs-of-time-wann-wie-oft/">genitive adverbs</a>. In the above example though we are dealing with a possessor relationship. Generally not every piece of a sentence is in a possessive relationship. By the time you get to this stage you’ll see that there are pieces that you haven’t labelled yet, so this is what you’re looking for.</p>
<p>To find the possessor (genitive) you need to ask yourself this question:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>“Wessen + SUBJEKT / OBJEKT / INDIREKTES OBJEKT ist das?”</strong></em> (<em>Whose SUBJECT / OBJECT / INDIRECT OBJECT is this?</em>)
<ul>
<li>The answer to this question will be the <span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>genitive</strong></em></span>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Wessen</strong></span> <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>Freund</strong></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>ist das</strong></span></em>? (Whose friend is this?)
<ul>
<li><strong><em><span style="color:#00ccff;">ihres Sohnes</span></em></strong> (her son’s) = <span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>GENITIVE</strong></em><em><strong></strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>ihres ältesten Sohnes</strong></em></span> (her oldest son’s) = <em><strong><span style="color:#00ccff;">COMPLETE GENITIVE</span></strong></em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>*Masculine and neutral Nouns generally take an <em><strong>-s/-es</strong></em> ending when they are in the <span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>genitive</strong></em></span>.</p>
<h3>General German Sentence Structure:</h3>
<p>If we look at standard German sentence structure in cases it looks like this:</p>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">SUBJECT</span> + <span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span> + <span style="color:#800080;">INDIRECT OBJECT</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">OBJECT</span></strong></em></p></blockquote>
<p>German is a <em><strong>Time Manner Place</strong></em> (TMP) language so if we want to add more information the general structure may look like this:</p>
<blockquote><p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">SUBJECT</span> + <span style="color:#ff0000;">VERB</span> + <span style="color:#800080;">INDIRECT OBJECT</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">OBJECT</span> + TIME + MANNER + PLACE.</strong></em></p></blockquote>
<p>I wrote general, because German is a very flexible language. You can place any of the 6 pieces in position 1 as long as the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> stays in position 2 and the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span> stays next to the verb. <em><strong>The piece you place in position 1 is being emphasized. </strong></em>As German-is-easy commented, the rule for <em><strong>TMP</strong></em> at the end after the Object is not a fix rule. It can be changed and often <em><strong>TIME</strong></em> comes between the <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>INDIRECT OBJECT</strong></em></span> and the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">OBJECT</span></strong></em>.  The more you practice and learn, the more natural the word order will come to you as well.</p>
<h3><em><strong>Exercises:</strong></em></h3>
<p>Let’s practice asking for specific pieces of information and isolating specific</p>
<blockquote><p>Der Schweizer Akrobat Freddy Nock mag spektakuläre Dinge — zum Beispiel Weltrekorde.</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">verb</span></strong></em>.</li>
<li>find the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span>.</li>
<li>write the question asking for the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">object</span></strong></em>.</li>
</ol>
<blockquote><p>Ein guter Ort dafür ist natürlich Deutschlands höchster Berg, die Zugspitze.</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">verb</span></strong></em></li>
<li>does this <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">verb</span></strong></em> take an object?</li>
<li>which cases are used in this sentence?</li>
</ol>
<blockquote><p>In fast 3000 Metern Höhe ist Nock auf dem Seil der Gletscherbahn gelaufen — ohne Balancierstange.</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span></li>
<li>find the <em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">subject</span></strong></em></li>
<li>find the place</li>
</ol>
<blockquote><p>Für die 995 Meter vom Zugspitzplatt bis zur Bergstation hat er fast eineinhalb Stunden gebraucht.</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span></li>
<li>find the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span></li>
<li>write the question asking for the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">object</span></strong></em></li>
</ol>
<blockquote><p>Warum der 47-Jährige diese extremen Dinge tut?</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span></li>
<li>find the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span></li>
<li>write the question asking for the <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>object</strong></em></span></li>
</ol>
<blockquote><p>Sie machen ihm Spass.</p></blockquote>
<ol>
<li>find the <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span></li>
<li>find the <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>subject</strong></em></span></li>
<li>write the question asking for <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>object</strong></em></span></li>
<li>write the question asking of the <em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">indirect object</span></strong></em></li>
</ol>
<blockquote>
<div id="attachment_1108" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class=" wp-image-1108 " title="Freddy Nock" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/73032_640.jpg?w=240&#038;h=159" width="240" height="159" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Freddy Nock</p></div>
<p>Sein Motto: “Das Unmögliche möglich machen.” Mit seiner Aktion möchte Nock auch Geld für ein UNESCO-Projekt in Bangladesch sammeln. Der Weltrecord an der Zugspitze war nur der erste von vielen: In sieben Tagen wollte der Akrobat sieben Rekorde machen, auch in Österreich und in der Schweiz. Funktioniert hat das Projekt nicht ganz: In Thörishaus bei Bern konnte er am fünften Tag nicht mit einem Fahrrad auf einen Seil fahren: Es war zu fettig. Aber Nock kann improvisieren: Ganz in der Nähe, am Jungfraujoch, hat er dann spontan zwei Rekorde gemacht. Leider war dann am siebten Tag am Thunersee im Berner Oberland das Wetter zu schlecht. Nock musste warten. Am Ende waren es sieben Weltrekorde — in acht Tagen.</p></blockquote>
<p>Text from Deutsch Perfekt, 11/2011 pg. 6</p>
<p>Ein englischer Bericht mit vielen Bildern: <a href="http://www.newlyswissed.com/?p=7499">NewlySwissed</a>.</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<p>We need your votes. We&#8217;re up for the Bab.la Language Lover&#8217;s Award in the categories &#8220;Language Learning Blog 2012&#8243; and &#8220;Language Twitter Account 2012&#8243; You can vote here: <a href="http://bit.ly/K6tIeY" target="_blank" rel="nofollow nofollow"><br />
http://bit.ly/K6tIeY<br />
</a> Select the category and search for &#8220;Marathon Sprachen&#8221;. Thank you.</p>
		<div id="geo-post-1104" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395144</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510217</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German Letter and E-Mail Writing Formulations]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/08/german-letter-and-e-mail-writing-ii/</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 08 May 2012 06:34:48 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/08/german-letter-and-e-mail-writing-ii/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Last week we looked at ways to correctly address letters and write your salutations and conclusions.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last week we looked at ways to <a title="German Letter and E-Mail Basics" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/30/german-letter-and-e-mail-basics/">correctly address letters and write your salutations and conclusions</a>. What we learned was that adjective endings are particularly important for these tasks.</p>
<p>This week we’ll look at some key formulations that will be helpful for writing the body of your letter in German. I’ve broken this up according to the purpose of the letter.</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Bedauern — Regret</h2>
<p>Never a please to write, but often you need to express regret for an action, for someone being inconvenienced or for having to deliver bad news. It is a good idea to start with the regret and then give a justification introduced with the conjunction aber. Here are some good German formulations:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="middle"><strong><em>Introductory phrase</em></strong></td>
<td valign="middle"><strong><em>Conjunction</em></strong></td>
<td valign="middle"><strong><em>Middle</em></strong></td>
<td valign="middle"><strong><em>Last position</em></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Es tut mir sehr Leid,Es tut uns aufrichtig Leid,</td>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle"> dass</td>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle"> Sie &#8230;</td>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle"> (Ärger) &#8230; hatten.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Wir bedauern,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Es ist sehr schade,</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Es tut mir sehr Leid,aufrichtig Leid,Es tut uns Leid,</td>
<td valign="middle"> aber</td>
<td valign="middle"></td>
<td valign="middle"></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Es tut mir Leid, dass</span> wir noch immer keine definitive Aussage über unser weiteres Vorgehen treffen oder konkrete Aussagen machen können.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I regret that we still cannot give a more definite position as to how we will proceed or be more specific.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Es tut mir sehr leid, aber</span> wir haben diese Aktion bereits vor sechs Wochen angekündigt, also handelt es sich nicht um eine spontane Aktion.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I am very sorry but we did announce this action six weeks ago &#8211; it has not exactly appeared out of the blue.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Take note of the German conjuctions being used in the examples. <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Dass</strong></em></span> is a <a title="German Subordinating Conjunctions — Yes, Sometimes the Verb Goes at the End" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/">subordinating conjunction</a>, which means that the verb goes at then end of the sentence. <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Aber</strong></em></span> on the other hand is a <a title="Making Complex German Sentences Easy — Coordinating Conjunctions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/">coordinating conjunction</a> and does not cause any change in sentence structure.</p>
<h3><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1083" title="bedauern" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/bka_bedauern.jpg?w=240&#038;h=180" width="240" height="180" />Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Leid tun</strong></em></span> &#8211; to be sorry</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">aufrichtig</span></strong></em> &#8211; truly, genuinely, honestly</p>
<p><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>bedauern</strong></em></span> &#8211; to regret</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Ärger, der</span></strong></em> &#8211; irritation, annoyance, anger, troubles</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Entschuldigung — Apology</h2>
<p>Sometimes you may wish to express an apology for something. You’ve probably already used the German word <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Entschuldigung</strong></em></span> before when travelling on a bus or trying to make your way through a crowd. Let’s see some handy German formulations you can use when writing apologies in letters and e-mails.</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">EntschuldigenVerzeihen</td>
<td valign="middle"> Sie bitte,</td>
<td valign="middle"> dass &#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Wir bitten</td>
<td valign="middle"> Sie wegen &#8230;</td>
<td valign="middle"> um Entschuldigung.Verzeihung.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Ich möchte michWir möchten uns</td>
<td valign="middle"> für &#8230;</td>
<td valign="middle"> entschuldigen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">(Situation)&#8230; ist</td>
<td valign="middle"> sehr unangenehmpeinlich</td>
<td valign="middle"> für uns.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B. </strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Wir bitten für die Unannehmlichkeiten um Entschuldigung</span> und informieren Sie zeitnah über das Erscheinen der Änderungen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>We apologize for any inconveniences that may occur as a result of these changes and will keep you informed about related developments.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Wir möchten uns für die Unannehmlichkeiten entschuldigen</span> und danken für euer Verständnis.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>We would like to apologise for any disappointment and thank you for your understanding.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The variations here are a bit more complex than in our first example.</p>
<h3><img class="alignright  wp-image-1084" title="entschuldigung" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/sk-koelnbonn-entschuldigung.jpg?w=240&#038;h=159" width="240" height="159" />Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Verzeihung, die</span></strong></em> — forgiveness, pardon,</p>
<p><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>verveihen</strong></em></span> — to forgive, to pardon</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Unannehmlichkeit, die</span></strong></em> — discomfort, unpleasantness, inconvenience</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">unangenehm</span></strong></em> — awkward, objectionable, unpleasant</p>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>jemanden um etwas bitten</strong></em></span> — to ask someone for something</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">peinlich</span></strong></em> — awkward, embarrassing, mortifying</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Einladung — Invitation</h2>
<p>Much nicer than writing apologies and having to deliver bad news, is writing invitations to celebrations. German speaking people people love to celebrate things with friends and family. Not just anyone will receive an invitation, so if you get one consider yourself special. Here are a few formulations you might want to use when writing your next invitation in German:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" valign="top">HiermitHierdurchMit diesem BriefZu &#8230;. (Party / Celebration)</td>
<td valign="top"> laden wir Sie</td>
<td valign="top"> (sehr) herzlich</td>
<td valign="top"> zu &#8230;                 ein</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top"> möchten wir Sie</td>
<td valign="top"> (herzlich)</td>
<td valign="top"> zu &#8230;            einladen</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Hiermit laden wir Sie herzlich</span> auf unseren Messestand E27 <span style="color:#3366ff;">ein</span>.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>We would like to invite you to visit our exhibition stand E27.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Mit dieser Webseite möchten wir Sie einladen</span>, uns etwas besser kennen<span style="color:#3366ff;">zu</span>lernen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>With this website we would like to invite you to get to know us better.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Note that the invitations may not always be for birthday parties, but often also to visit businesses and for marketing purposes, like in the examples above. In the second example we see a good use of a <a title="“Zu” is more than a just a preposition — Using zu-constructions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/05/zu-is-more-than-a-just-a-preposition-using-zu-constructions/">zu-construction</a>.</p>
<h3><img class="alignright  wp-image-1085" title="einladung" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/d85701e6.jpg?w=240&#038;h=160" width="240" height="160" />Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff00ff;">hiermit</span></strong></em> — hereby, herewith</p>
<p><span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>hierdurch</strong></em></span> — hereby</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#00ccff;">einladen</span></strong></em> — to invite (separable prefix)</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Dank — Thanks</h2>
<p>German speaking people are big on giving thanks. It is customary to write a thank you letter or card for people that have come to your party, a wedding, or a funeral. Sometimes they do not know when to stop sending thanks — “Thank you for the card thanking me for coming to your birthday party.” An extreme example, but I’m sure it has happened more than once. Try using these formulations for expressing your gratitude in German:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle">Für &#8230; (the thing you’re giving thanks for)</td>
<td valign="middle"> danke ich Ihnendanken wir Ihnen</td>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle">sehr<br />
(herzlich)<br />
(aufrichtig)<br />
(ganz herzlich)</td>
<td rowspan="2" valign="middle"> danken.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle"> möchte ich Ihnen</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle"> möchte ich mich</td>
<td valign="middle"> bedanken.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Besten<br />
Vielen<br />
Herzlichen</td>
<td valign="middle"> Dank</td>
<td rowspan="4" colspan="2" valign="middle"> für &#8230; (the thing you’re giving thanks for)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Haben Sie</td>
<td valign="middle">(ganz) herzlichen Dank</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Ich</td>
<td valign="middle"> bedanke mich</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Wir</td>
<td valign="middle"> bedanken uns</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Ich</td>
<td valign="middle"> möchte mich</td>
<td rowspan="2" valign="middle"> für &#8230;</td>
<td valign="middle"> bedanken.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Wir</td>
<td valign="middle"> möchten uns</td>
<td valign="middle"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Über</td>
<td valign="middle"> Ihren BriefIhre Hilfe</td>
<td valign="middle"> habe ich michhaben wir uns</td>
<td valign="middle"> sehr gefreut.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Vielen Dank für</span> Ihre schnelle Antwort und die sehr professionelle Erledigung meiner Anfrage!</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>Thank you for your fast answer and the very professional completion of my inquiry!</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Ich möchte mich bedanken</span>, und zwar bei allen MitarbeiterInnen der Swisscom, für die Leistungen, die sie in den letzten Jahren erbracht haben.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I would like to say a personal &#8220;thank you&#8221; to all Swisscom employees, for everything they have contributed over the past years.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Thanks are often used in business to acknowledge the work of others.</p>
<h3>Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>sich freuen über</strong> </em></span>— to be happy about something</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">sich bei jemanden für etwas bedanken</span> </strong></em>— to thank someone for something</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Glückwünsche — Congratulatory Wishes</h2>
<p>Whether it’s a birthday, an anniversary or a retirement party, congratulatory wishes are something that should be expressed when the occasion presents itself. Here are some typical German congratulatory formulations:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Zu Ihrem</td>
<td valign="middle">&#8230; Geburtstag&#8230; Geschäftsjubiläum</td>
<td valign="middle">gratuliere ich Ihnen recht herzlich.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4" valign="middle">Zum</td>
<td valign="middle"> &#8230;-jährigen Bestehen Ihrer Firma/ Ihres   Unternehmens</td>
<td valign="middle">möchten wir Ihnen herzlich gratulieren.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3" valign="middle">Geburtstag</td>
<td valign="middle">senden wir Ihnen unsere    herzlichsten Glückwünsche.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">die herzlichsten Glückwünsche &#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">herzlichen Glückwunsch.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Zu ihrem</span> 58. <span style="color:#3366ff;">Geburtstag gratuliere ich Ihnen recht herzlich</span>.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>Congratulations on your 58th birthday.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><img class="alignright  wp-image-1086" title="herzliche_glueckwuensche_zur_hochzeit" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/herzliche_glueckwuensche_zur_hochzeit.jpg?w=240&#038;h=231" width="240" height="231" />Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Geburt, die</strong> </em></span>— birth</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">Hochzeitstag, der</span></strong></em> — wedding anniversary</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">Jubiläum, das</span></strong></em> — anniversary</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">Geschäftsjubiläum, das</span></strong></em> — anniversary of a business</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">Unternehmen, das</span></strong></em> — business</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Wünsche — Wishes</h2>
<p>It is often nice to wish people all the best for their career or in business. This is especially true when it comes to writing recommendation letters. Look at these formulations for expressing wishes in written German communication:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Ich wünscheWir wünschen</td>
<td valign="middle"> Ihnen</td>
<td valign="middle"> für &#8230;(Ihre Firma/ die Zukunft)</td>
<td valign="middle"> alles Gutegute Geschäfte</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" valign="middle">Ich hoffeWir hoffen</td>
<td colspan="3" valign="middle"> auf &#8230;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" valign="middle"> , dass &#8230;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Wir wünschen Ihnen für die Zukunft alles Gute!</strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><em>We wish you all the best for your future.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Note here that wünschen is a <a title="mich or mir? accusative vs. dative" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/05/24/mich-or-mir-accusative-vs-dative/">dative</a> verb.</p>
<h3>Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Zukunft, die</span></strong></em> — future</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">hoffen auf</span></strong></em> — hope for</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">Geschäft, das</span></strong></em> — business</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Grüsse — Greetings</h2>
<p>Maybe you’ve done an exchange to Switzerland, Austria or Germany and you stayed with a family. You keep regular contact with them and you want to tell them to say “hi” or give your regards to another family member or person you got to know. Here are some useful German formulations for passing on your regards:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Bitte grüssen Sie [Name of person] ganz herzlich von mir.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Bestellen Sie bitte [Name of person] viele/ herzliche Grüsse von mir.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top">Schöne Grüsse auch an [Name of person]</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Viele Grüsse an</strong></span><strong> Hanspeter.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>Give my regards to Hanspeter.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3>Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>Grüsse</strong></em></span> — greetings, regards</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#00ccff;">grüssen</span></strong></em> — to greet, to give regards</p>
<p><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>bestellen</strong></em></span> — <em>literally</em> to order, but used with Grüsse to mean “give my regards to”</p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Beileid — Condolences</h2>
<p>This is perhaps the letter topic no one likes to write. When someone passes away, it is appropriate to send your condolences in a letter or card. Here too, you will probably receive a thank you card. For expressing your condolences to the remaining family try using these German expressions:</p>
<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2" valign="middle"> Zum Tode von [Name of person]Zum Verlust Ihres/ r [Name / relation of person]Zum plötzlichen Ableben von [Name of person]</td>
<td rowspan="2" valign="middle"> möchten wir</td>
<td valign="middle">Ihnen unser aufrichtiges Beileid aussprechen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="middle">Sie unserer aufrichtigen Anteilnahme versichern</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><strong>z.B.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Zum Verlust Ihres</span> Grossvaters <span style="color:#3366ff;">möchten wir Ihnen unser aufrichtiges Beileid aussprechen.</span></strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>We’d like to offer you our sincere condolences on the passing of your grandfather.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-1087" title="Beileid" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/05/trauer.jpg?w=300&#038;h=199" width="300" height="199" />Useful Vocabulary:</h3>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zum Tode</strong></em></span> — on the passing, on the death</p>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zum Verlust</strong> </em></span>+ Genitiv — on the loss of</p>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zum plötzlichen Ableben von</strong></em></span> — on the sudden passing of</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#008000;">Beileid, das</span></strong></em> — sympathy, condolence</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Anteilnahme, die</span></strong></em> — sympathy</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#00ccff;">aussprechen</span></strong></em> — to express</p>
<p><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>versichern</strong></em></span> — to assure</p>
<p>These expressions are a good guideline for composing your future communications, or for better understanding any German letters, e-mails, and cards that you may receive. Writing is one of the best things that you can do to improve your German. You might try finding a digital “pen pal” to practice your written German. The more contact you have with these collocations, the more familiar you’ll become with them and the easier you’ll be able to use them.</p>
		<div id="geo-post-1078" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395124</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510180</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[How to congratulate someone on their baby in German]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/24/how-to-congratulate-someone-on-their-baby-in-german/</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 24 Apr 2012 21:52:44 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/24/how-to-congratulate-someone-on-their-baby-in-german/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[This year I turned 30. Now you might think, &#8220;Big deal.&#8221; If you&#8217;re at this age or a]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This year I turned 30. Now you might think, &#8220;Big deal.&#8221; If you&#8217;re at this age or around it though you surely have noticed many of your friends are getting married or have already gotten married and are starting families. Families of course mean children. as one of Zurich&#8217;s most eligible bachelors I&#8217;m not in that category, but many of my friends, acquaintances and students are. This means that should be sending out far more cards than I am.</p>
<p>Now even though you can buy plenty of English cards to congratulate people at the office or friends and family on their new child in Zurich, a German card is often nicer for German speakers. Or maybe your in-laws are German speakers and you want to send them a card from wherever it is that you live in German or at least with a little German wish. So with that in mind, here are a few things you can say. I think you&#8217;ll find one of them very funny, if you were to translate it directly into English.</p>
<p>Just a quick grammatical note on wishes. The German verb &#8220;wünschen&#8221; is often called a dative verb. This means that you need an indirect object z.B. <em><strong>Ich wünsche Dir alles Gute zum Geburtstag </strong></em>(<em>I wish you all the best on your birthday)</em>. Often the subject (nominative) is not stated. Let&#8217;s illustrate a typical examples of this:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1052" title="Herzliche Glückwünsche zur Geburt Eures Stammhalters. Wir freuen uns darauf ihn bald zu sehen." alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/screen-shot-2012-04-24-at-22-37-47.png?w=627&#038;h=167" width="627" height="167" /></p>
<p>Notice that in the first clause there is no verb and no subject. They are both implied. The &#8220;herzliche Glückwünsche&#8221; are that, which you are wishing the recipients. &#8220;Zur Geburt&#8221; is in the dative because of the preposition &#8220;<a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">zu</a>&#8221; and &#8220;Geburt being &#8220;die&#8221;. &#8220;Eures Stammhalters&#8221; is in the genitive, literally meaning &#8220;of your son and heir&#8221;. The second sentence has the standard nominative (subject) in the first position followed by the verb (reflexive verb in this case). Then comes the <a title="Bleib dran: da-compounds" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/03/bleib-dran-da-compounds/">da-compound</a> and the accusative &#8220;ihn&#8221; (who you will meet) and then a <a title="“Zu” is more than a just a preposition — Using zu-constructions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/05/zu-is-more-than-a-just-a-preposition-using-zu-constructions/">zu + infinitive</a>.</p>
<p>If we translate the above greeting we&#8217;ll literally get: &#8220;<em>Congratulations on the birth of your son and heir. We&#8217;re looking forward to seeing him soon.</em>&#8220;</p>
<p>Of course not everyone is having sons and you might feel odd using the term Stammhalter. So you might just want to say (also in the genitive):</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>deines Sohn(e)s / eures Sohn(e)s</strong></em></span> (<em>of your son</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>deiner Tochter / eurer Tochter</strong></em></span> (<em>of your daughter</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>deines Kind(e)s / eures Kind(e)s</strong></em></span> (<em>of your child</em>)</li>
<li><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>deiner Zwillinge / eurer Zwillinge</strong></em></span> (<em>of</em> <em>your twins</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1055" title="Dir und Deiner Frau ganz herzlichen Glückwunsch zu Euren Zwillingen. Alles Gute für die Zukunft." alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/screen-shot-2012-04-24-at-23-35-00.png?w=640&#038;h=185" width="640" height="185" /></p>
<p>In this second example we see the dative case (the people you are gibing your congratulations to) circled in orange. The direct objects (accusative) is circled in blue. The underlined parts are in the dative and/or accusative because of the prepositions that start the phrase (<a title="Prepositions Part 1: The Accusative 7" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/15/prepositions-part-1-the-accusative-7/">für = accusative</a>, <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">zu = dative</a>). If we translate the above we&#8217;ll literally get: &#8220;<em>Congratulations to you and your wife on your twins. All the best for the future.</em>&#8220;</p>
<p>As you can see there is a lot happening in what seems to be a very simple expression. From this example, you should see part of the value of learning some expressions as complete sentences and not trying to build them from scratch.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at some other things you could write:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Nach neun Monaten Wartezeit ist es nun soweit. Herzliche Glückwünsche!</strong></em> (<em>After nine months of waiting, the wait is finally over. Congratulations!</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Bisher wart&#8217; Ihr glücklich und allein, jetzt zu Dritt wird das Glück noch größer sein.</strong></em> (<em>Up till now you&#8217;ve been happy as a pair, now as a threesome your happiness will be even greater.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>One of the words you&#8217;ll find German speakers often use with Glückwunsch / Glückwünsche is herzlich z.B. herzlichen Glückwunsch / herzliche Glückwünsche</p>
<p>Remenber here that this is the wish (the direct object of the sentence) and must therefore be in the accusative. Glückwünsch is masculine and the plural is Glückwünsche so the <a title="German Adjective Endings – The things we don’t hear" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/17/adjective-endings-the-things-we-dont-hear/">adjective endings</a> on herzlich needs to change. It is difficult to translate into English and is often left out and simply translated as congratulations, though something like &#8220;Heartfelt congratulations&#8221; would be a more literal translation.</p>
<div id="attachment_1054" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 178px"><img class=" wp-image-1054  " title="Bär" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/baer_75.jpg?w=168&#038;h=168" width="168" height="168" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Glückwunsch zum Nachwuchs!</p></div>
<p>On top of the above case Germans also the term Nachwuchs (offspring) when congratulating people on the birth of their child. In English this would be completely unheard of, but this is normal in German. Here are two examples:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Es lächelt die Mutter, es strahl der Papa &#8211; endlich ist der Nachwuchs da. Herzliche Glückwünsche.</strong></em> (<em>The mother smiles, the father beams — the offspring is finally here. Congratulations.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Herzlichen Glückwunsch zum Nachwuchs.</strong></em> (<em>Congratulations on your offspring.</em>)</li>
</ul>
		<div id="geo-post-1049" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395102</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510150</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[5 Ways to negate in German besides using "nicht"]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/15/5-ways-to-negate-in-german-besides-using-nicht/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 11:40:21 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/15/5-ways-to-negate-in-german-besides-using-nicht/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When I communicate with my students over e-mail, assigning extra homework or answering questions tha]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When I communicate with my students over e-mail, assigning extra homework or answering questions that they have between lessons, I generally try to do it in German. The more exposure language learners have to their target language the faster they’ll learn — just like fitness training. However, every once in a while this can lead to a temporary misunderstanding, which then turns into an interesting and real life lesson. The positive element of these lessons is that they tend to stick better than others.</p>
<p>The other week I had one such situation with a B1 level student. My student wanted to reschedule a lesson and suggested two times. Unfortunately, neither of the suggested times worked for me, as they were already booked by other lessons. In my e-mail response I used the two-part conjunction “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>weder&#8230;noch</strong></em></span>” (neither&#8230;nor). My student on the other have understood “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>entweder&#8230;oder</strong></em></span>” (either&#8230;or) and e-mailed me asking me to please choose the time from the two suggested.<!--more--></p>
<p>This week I’d like to look at <em><strong>negation</strong></em> again. We’ve looked at <em><strong><a href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/06/122/">negation using nicht</a></strong></em> already, but there are other ways of expressing a negative in German.</p>
<p>Just to make sure you remember, we can use nicht for:</p>
<p>1. <em><strong>Clause-level negation</strong></em>. The negation of an entire sentence:</p>
<ul>
<li>z.B.<em><strong> Johannes macht seine Hausaufgaben <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span>.</strong> </em>(<em>Johannes is not doing his homework.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>2. <em><strong>Element-level negation</strong></em>. When you only want to negate a certain element of the sentence.</p>
<ul>
<li>z.B. <em><strong>Helena möchte <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> den Sylvaner, <span style="color:#ff0000;">sondern</span> den Riesling mit ihrer Suppe.</strong></em> (<em>Helena doesn’t want the Sylvaner, but rather the Riesling with her soup.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>3. <em><strong>Negation of verbal compliments</strong></em> like “<em><strong>Rad fahren</strong></em>” and “<em><strong>auswendig lernen</strong></em>”.</p>
<ul>
<li>z.B. <em><strong>Frau Schneider fährt <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> Rad.</strong></em> (<em>Ms. Schneider doesn’t ride a bike.</em>)</li>
<li>z.B. <em><strong>Markus hat seinen Wortschatz <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> auswendig gelernt.</strong></em> (<em>Markus hasn’t memorized his vocabulary.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>4. <em><strong>Negation of prepositional phrases</strong></em>:</p>
<ul>
<li>z.B. <em><strong>Wir wollen <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> ins Kino gehen.</strong></em> (<em>We don’t want to go to the cinema.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>So how else can we express the negative in German? We’ll we’ve already seen that there is an expression for “neither&#8230;nor”. Let’s take a closer look:</p>
<h2><span style="color:#800080;">Kein-:</span></h2>
<p>One of the first rules that you learn early in most A1-level German courses is that the the negation of words with an <a title="The DER — DIE — DAS" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/02/13/the-der-%e2%80%94-die-%e2%80%94-das/">indefinite article (ein/eine)</a> is done with kein. A simple way to remember this is: <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> + <span style="color:#0000ff;">ein</span> = <span style="color:#800080;">kein</span>.</strong></em></p>
<p>If we want to negate a word without an article we also use kein. Don’t forget that because kein is taking the place of an article here its ending changes.</p>
<p><img class="size-full wp-image-741 alignnone" title="declination of kein" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/screen-shot-2012-04-15-at-12-35-22.png?w=620&#038;h=169" alt="negatives in German, German negatives, expressing negation in German, kein, keine, keinen, keiner, keinem, keines, Negation auf Deutsch" width="620" height="169" /></p>
<div id="attachment_744" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class=" wp-image-744 " title="Velo" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/246b-ks-cycling-rennrad-forward-l.jpg?w=240&#038;h=160" alt="" width="240" height="160" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Ist das ein Auto? — Nein, das ist kein Auto, sondern ein Fahrrad.</p></div>
<p>Here are some example sentences:</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ist das <span style="color:#0000ff;">ein</span> Auto? — Nein, das ist <span style="color:#800080;">kein</span> Auto, sondern ein Fahrrad.</strong></em> (<em>Is that a car? — No, that’s not a car, but rather a bicycle.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Ist das <span style="color:#0000ff;">ein</span> Tisch? — Nein, das ist <span style="color:#800080;">kein</span> Tisch, sondern eine Lampe.</strong></em> (<em>Is that a table? — No, that’s not a table, but rather a lamp.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Sind das Tische? — Nein, das sind <span style="color:#800080;">keine</span> Tische, sondern Stühle.</strong></em> (<em>Are those tables? — No, those are not tables, but rather chairs.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Hat er <span style="color:#0000ff;">eine</span> Tochter? — Nein, er hat <span style="color:#800080;">keine</span> Tochter, sondern einen Sohn.</strong></em> (<em>Does he have a daughter? — No, he doesn’t have a daughter, but rather a son.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>Where you’ll need to watch out here is if the <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>ein-</strong></em></span> is being used to mean literally “<em><strong>one</strong></em>”. In this case we negate it with nicht. In this case though you’ll have to provide more information with a sondern-clause. The same goes for any number (<em><strong>zwei, drei, vier &#8230;</strong></em>).</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Herbert hat <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> <span style="color:#0000ff;">einen</span> Bruder, <span style="color:#ff0000;">sondern</span><span style="text-decoration:underline;"> fünf</span>.</strong></em> (<em>Herbert doesn’t have one brother, but five.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong>Alois hat <span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span> <span style="color:#0000ff;">ein</span> Glas Bier getrunken, <span style="color:#ff0000;">sondern</span> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">elf</span> Gläser.</strong></em> (<em>Alois didn’t drink one glass of beer, but eleven glasses.</em>)</li>
</ul>
<h2>Negative Indefinite Pronouns and Adverbs:</h2>
<p>We’ve discussed <em><strong><a title="Something unknown – irgend" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/06/19/something-unknown-irgend/">indefinite pronouns</a></strong></em> and <a title="It’s time to sound more like a German — schon/noch" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/19/its-time-to-sound-more-like-a-german-schonnoch/"><em><strong>adverbs</strong></em></a> in past posts, but just to remind you, most of them have a negative form. The chart below clearly shows the positive and negative forms as well as provides examples.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-742" title="negative indefinite prônons and adverbs in German" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/screen-shot-2012-04-15-at-12-35-42.png?w=621&#038;h=502" alt="" width="621" height="502" /></p>
<h2>Conjugations that express negation:</h2>
<div id="attachment_746" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class=" wp-image-746 " title="money bankrupt" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/no-money-in-pockets1.jpg?w=240&#038;h=160" alt="" width="240" height="160" /><p class="wp-caption-text">weder Arbeit noch Geld</p></div>
<p>We’ve already encountered “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>weder&#8230;noch</strong></em></span>” above. We use weder&#8230;noch to negate two parallel sentences or elements.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der neue Freund von Sonja ist nicht reich. Er ist auch nicht gut aussehend.</strong></em> (<em>Sonja’s new boyfriend is not rich. He’s also not attraktive.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der neue Freund von Sonja ist <span style="color:#3366ff;">weder</span> reich <span style="color:#3366ff;">noch</span> (ist er) gut aussehend.</strong></em> (<em>Sonja’s new boyfriend is neither rich nor (is he) attractive.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Michi hat keine Arbeit. Er hat auch kein Geld.</strong></em> (<em>Michi doesn’t have a job. He also doesn’t have any money.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Michi hat <span style="color:#3366ff;">weder</span> Arbeit <span style="color:#3366ff;">noch</span> (hat er) Geld.</strong></em> (<em>Michi has neither a job nor (does he have) any money.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der alte Mann kann nicht lesen. Er kann nicht schreiben.</strong></em> (<em>The old man cannot read. He cannot write.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der alte Mann kann <span style="color:#3366ff;">weder</span> lesen <span style="color:#3366ff;">noch</span> schreiben.</strong></em> (<em>The old man can neither read nor write.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>**Note here that you do not need to repeat the subject as long as it is the same.</p>
<p>To express the idea of “without doing &#8216;something&#8217;” we can use the conjunction couplet “<span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>ohne&#8230;zu</strong></em></span>”. Remember the <a title="“Zu” is more than a just a preposition — Using zu-constructions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/05/zu-is-more-than-a-just-a-preposition-using-zu-constructions/"><em><strong>post on &#8220;zu&#8221;</strong></em></a>? The verb after zu is always in the infinitive! If there is an object or additional information in the second clause it goes between the <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">ohne</span></strong></em> and the <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>zu </strong></em><span style="color:#000000;">like in the second example.</span></span></p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Gustav geht zur Arbeit. Er frühstückt nicht.</strong></em> (<em>Gustav is going to work. He doesn’t eat breakfast.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Gustav geht zur Arbeit <span style="color:#333399;">ohne zu</span> frühstücken.</strong></em> (<em>Gustav is going to work without eating breakfast.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der Gast ist nach Hause gegangen. Er hat die Rechnung nicht bezahlt.</strong></em> (<em>The guest went home. He didn’t pay the bill.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der Gast ist nach Hause gegangen <span style="color:#333399;">ohne</span> die Rechnung <span style="color:#333399;">zu</span> bezahlen.</strong></em> (<em>The guest went home without paying the bill.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>One final note here though. See how we are combining two simple sentences into a complex sentence? If you’re not that advanced yet, or when you’re speaking and not everything is coming to mind, just say two simpler sentences. The more you speak, the more you listen and the more you read the faster you’ll be able to make these complicated sentences.</p>
<h2>Prepositions for negation:</h2>
<div id="attachment_747" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/kaffee.jpg"><img class=" wp-image-747 " title="Schwarzer Kaffee" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/kaffee.jpg?w=240&#038;h=159" alt="" width="240" height="159" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">schwarzer Kaffee ohne Zucker</p></div>
<p>If you live in the German speaking world or have ever visited you’ll be familiar with this preposition from your visit to restaurants — <span style="color:#ff9900;"><em><strong>ohne</strong></em></span> (<em>without</em>). Remember <span style="color:#ff9900;"><em><strong>ohne</strong></em></span> takes the <a title="Prepositions Part 1: The Accusative 7" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/15/prepositions-part-1-the-accusative-7/"><em><strong>accusative</strong></em></a>.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich trinke meinen Kaffee immer schwarz. Ich nehme auch keinen Zucker.</strong> </em>(<em>I always drink my coffee black. I also don’t use sugar.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich trinke meinen Kaffee immer <span style="color:#ff9900;">ohne</span> Milch und Zucker.</strong></em> (<em>I always drink my coffee without milk and sugar.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Amanda sonnt sich. Sie trägt keinen Bikini.</strong></em> (<em>Amanda is sunbathing. She’s not wearing a bikini.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Amanda sonnt sich <span style="color:#ff9900;">ohne</span> Bikini.</strong></em> (<em>Amanda is sunbathing without a bikini.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>We also have preposition <em><strong><span style="color:#33cccc;">ausser</span></strong></em> (<em>except / outside of</em>). We use this for exclusion. Remember <span style="color:#33cccc;"><em><strong>ausser</strong></em></span> takes the <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/"><em><strong>dative</strong></em></a>.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Fast alle Studenten haben die Prüfung bestanden. Nur Martin nicht.</strong></em> (<em>Almost all of the students passed the test. Only Martin didn’t.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Alle Studenten <span style="color:#33cccc;">ausser</span> Martin haben die Prüfung bestanden.</strong></em> (<em>All oft he students except Martin passed the test.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Im Urlaub hatten wir nur schönes Wetter. Aber am letzten Tag hat es geregnet.</strong></em> (<em>We only had nice weather during our vacation. But on the last day it rained.</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Im Urlaub hatten wir <span style="color:#33cccc;">ausser</span> dem letzten Tag nur schönes Wetter.</strong></em> (<em>Except for the last day, we only had nice weather on our vacation.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h2>Negative prefixes and suffixes:</h2>
<p>This is perhaps one of the easiest ways to increase your German vocabulary. Like in English there are prefixes and suffixes to express the negative form of many words. These are generally similar to the English. Also note that these words are <a title="Adjective Endings – The things we don’t hear" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/17/adjective-endings-the-things-we-dont-hear/"><em><strong>adjectives and adverbs</strong></em></a>.</p>
<h3><img class="alignright  wp-image-748" title="broken iPad" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/04/ipad-cracked-screen.jpg?w=240&#038;h=240" alt="" width="240" height="240" />Prefixes:</h3>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>a-</strong></em></span> (<em>a-</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><em><span style="color:#ff00ff;"><strong>a</strong></span></em>politisch, <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>a</strong></em></span>sozial, <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>a</strong></em></span>typisch</p>
<p><em><strong>Viele glauben, dass die heutige Jugend sich ziemlich <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:#ff00ff;text-decoration:underline;">a</span>politisch</span> verhält.</strong></em> (<em>Many believe that today’s youth are quite apolitical.</em>)</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des-</strong></em></span> (<em>dis-</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des</strong></em></span>illusioniert, <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des</strong></em></span>infiziert, <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des</strong></em></span>interessiert, <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des</strong></em></span>organisiert, <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>des</strong></em></span>orientiert</p>
<p><em><strong>Das Kind sitzt <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:#008080;text-decoration:underline;">des</span>interessiert</span> in der Ecke.</strong></em> (<em>The child is sitting disinterestedly in the corner.</em>)</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in-</strong></em></span> (<em>in-</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in</strong></em></span>diskutabel, <span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in</strong></em></span>diskret, <span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in</strong></em></span>kompetent, <span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in</strong></em></span>stabil, <span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>in</strong></em></span>tolerant</p>
<p><em><strong>Die Zustände im Irak sind immer noch <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:#cc99ff;text-decoration:underline;">in</span>stabil</span>.</strong></em> (<em>The situation in Iraq is still unstable.</em>)</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir-</strong></em></span> (<em>ir-</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir</strong></em></span>rational, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir</strong></em></span>regulär, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir</strong></em></span>real, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir</strong></em></span>relevant,<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong> ir</strong></em></span>religiös, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ir</strong></em></span>reparabel</p>
<p><em><strong>Das iPad ist total kaputt. Es ist <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:#008000;text-decoration:underline;">ir</span>reparabel</span>.</strong></em> (<em>The iPad is totally broken. It’s irreparable.</em>)</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un-</strong></em></span> (<em>un-</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>beliebt, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>bewusst, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>ehrlich, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>fähig, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>endlich, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>freundlich, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>geduldig, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>geeignet, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>gerecht, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>höflich, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>kompliziert, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>sicher, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>schön, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>schuldig, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>verständlich, <span style="color:#993300;"><em><strong>un</strong></em></span>zufrieden, &#8230;</p>
<p><em><strong>In diesem Restaurant gibt es nur <span style="text-decoration:underline;"><span style="color:#993300;text-decoration:underline;">un</span>höfliches</span> Personal.</strong></em> (<em>There is only unfriendly staff in this restaurant.</em>)</p>
<h3>Suffixes:</h3>
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#666699;">-los</span></strong></em> (<em>-less</em>)</li>
</ul>
<p>anspruchs<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, arbeits<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, erfolg<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, ergebnis<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, freud<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, hilf<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, humor<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, leb<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, sinn<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, sprach<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, takt<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, verantwortungs<span style="color:#666699;"><em><strong>los</strong></em></span>, &#8230;</p>
<p><em><strong>Der Verletzte lag stundenlang <span style="text-decoration:underline;">hilf<span style="color:#666699;text-decoration:underline;">los</span></span> am Berghang, bevor er gerettet wurde.</strong></em> (<em>The injured laid helplessly on the mountainside before he was rescued.</em>)</p>
<p>And there we have it: five more ways for you to express the negative in German:</p>
<ol>
<li>using kein</li>
<li>the negative form of indefinite pronouns and adverbs</li>
<li>conjunctions</li>
<li>prepositions</li>
<li>the negative form of words with prefixes and suffixes.</li>
</ol>
<div>Try using these other ways of expressing the negative to add variation to your German. Take simple sentences and combine them into more complex ones.</div>
<h2>Need to practice? Try these activities:</h2>
<h3>A. Antworten Sie negativ:</h3>
<ol>
<li><em>Haben Sie einen Sohn? — Nein, ich habe keinen Sohn.</em></li>
<li>Möchten Sie eine Tasse Kaffee?</li>
<li>Hat Martin eine Schwester?</li>
<li>Hat Hannes ein Kind?</li>
<li>Sucht das Restaurant einen neuen Koch?</li>
<li>Trinkt ihr jetzt ein Glas Wein?</li>
<li>Isst Henry einen Teller Birchermüsli?</li>
<li>Hast du Geld dabei?</li>
<li>Hat Wilma heute Geduld?</li>
<li>Hast du ein Problem damit?</li>
<li>Sprichst du Norwegisch?</li>
</ol>
<h3>B. Antworten Sie negativ:</h3>
<ol>
<li><em>Siehst du jemanden? — Nein, ich sehe niemanden.</em></li>
<li>Gehört das jemandem?</li>
<li>Kommt jemand?</li>
<li>Hast du etwas gesehen?</li>
<li>Machen Sie alles allein?</li>
<li>War Philipp schon mal in Paris?</li>
<li>Waren deine Eltern jemals auf dem Jungfraujoch?</li>
<li>Du findest den Brief sicherlich irgendwo in deinem Büro!</li>
</ol>
<h3>C. Kombinieren Sie diese Sätze mit <span style="color:#3366ff;">weder&#8230;noch</span>:</h3>
<ol>
<li><em>Der Hund ist nicht brav. Er ist auch nicht klug. — Der Hund ist weder brav noch klug.</em></li>
<li>Michael war nicht in Paris. Er war auch nicht in London.</li>
<li>Meine Eltern haben mein Studium nicht bezahlt. Sie haben das Studium meiner Schwester auch nicht bezahlt.</li>
<li>Heute ist das Wetter nicht schön. Es ist auch nicht warm.</li>
<li>Die Asylbewerber bekommen keine Unterkunft. Sie bekommen auch keine Hilfe.</li>
<li>Mein Handy ist nicht im Büro. Es ist auch nicht im Auto.</li>
</ol>
<h3>D. Kombinieren Sie diese Sätze mit <span style="color:#333399;">ohne&#8230;zu</span>:</h3>
<ol>
<li><em>Olivia läuft am Sonntag einen Marathon. Sie trainiert nicht. — Olivia läuft am Sonntag einen Marathon, ohne zu trainieren.</em></li>
<li>Simon fliegt zu seiner Freundin in Wien. Er meldet sich vorher nicht.</li>
<li>Meine Schwester hat sich selbstständig gemacht. Sie hat sich keine Gedanken darüber gemacht.</li>
<li>Am Freitag schreibt Natalie eine Prüfung. Sie lernt dafür aber nicht.</li>
<li>Die Bewohner wurden plötzlich gekündigt. Sie haben vorher keinen Bescheid bekommen.</li>
</ol>
<p>Still need more practice? Live in Zurich or the surrounding area? <em><strong><a href="info@marathonsprachen.com" target="_blank">Contact us</a></strong></em> to get into a class. We always have courses starting tailored to meet your needs.</p>
		<div id="geo-post-739" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395102</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510150</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA["Zu" is more than a just a preposition — Using zu-constructions]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/05/zu-is-more-than-a-just-a-preposition-using-zu-constructions/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 05 Feb 2012 16:23:09 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/05/zu-is-more-than-a-just-a-preposition-using-zu-constructions/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[In one of my lessons this week a student asked me about the word “zu”. She knew that zu is a dative]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In one of my lessons this week a student asked me about the word “zu”. She knew that <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> is a <a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">dative preposition</a> and that it means to in English. I was very happy to hear that those facts about zu had stayed with my student. But then I had to give her a little more information: <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> can also be used like the English word <em><strong>too</strong></em> (z.B. <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> viel, <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> gross, <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> spät). When I asked her why she was suddenly asking about the word <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span>. She then told me that she had recently realized that there are often sentences in German that end with zu and a verb. And there it was&#8230; the <em><strong>zu-construction</strong></em>.<!--more--></p>
<p>It is often useful in German to use a<em><strong> zu-construction</strong></em> when writing or speaking. We use it when we want to have a second clause that adds information to the preceding clause, but does not repeat the subject.</p>
<p>Why do you want to learn to use <em><strong>zu-constructions</strong></em>? They add variety to your language and by learning the some of the common introductory phrases you are learning German collocations, which will increase your speaking and writing fluency.</p>
<p>Let’s take a look at some of the characteristics of the zu-construction.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong><em>Zu-constructions</em></strong> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">don’t have a subject</span>. It’s left out.</li>
<li>The <em><strong>zu-construction</strong></em> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">can relate back to either the subject or the object of the preceding main clause</span>.</li>
<li>Because <em><strong>zu-constructions</strong></em> don’t have a subject <span style="text-decoration:underline;">the verb cannot be conjugated</span>. Therefore, the verb is always in the infinitive. For this reason many German grammar books call this construction the <em><strong>Infinitivkonstruktion</strong></em>.</li>
<li>The <span style="text-decoration:underline;">infinitive verb is always placed at the end of the sentence</span>.</li>
<li><em><strong>Zu</strong></em> and the <em><strong>infinitive</strong></em> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">are written as two words</span>.</li>
<li>If the verb has a <a title="Understanding Verbs" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/31/understanding-verbs/">separable prefix</a> the <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> <span style="text-decoration:underline;">is placed between the prefix and the verb and written together</span>. (z.B. Er versucht, das Fenster <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">auf</span></strong></em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">machen</span></strong></em>. Er versucht, das Fenster wieder <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">zu</span></strong><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">zu</span></strong><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">machen</span></strong></em>.)</li>
<li>If the supplementary clause has a <em><strong><a title="Understanding German Verbs Part II" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/07/understanding-german-verbs-part-ii/">modal verb</a></strong></em>, it is placed after the <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>zu</strong></em></span> and the other verb before it.</li>
</ol>
<p>So there we have it, the seven rules of <em><strong>zu-constructions</strong></em>.</p>
<p>Sometimes a <em><strong>zu-construction</strong></em> can be used to replace a <em><strong>dass-construction</strong></em>, if you are trying to add more variety to your writing or speaking. Let&#8217;s compare.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li>Ich hoffe, <em><strong>dass</strong></em> ich meine Jugendliebe bald <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wiedersehe</strong></em></span>.
<ul>
<li>I hope that I will soon see my childhood sweetheart again.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Ich hoffe, meine Jugendliebe bald <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">wieder</span></strong><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>zu</strong></span></em><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>sehen</strong></em></span>.
<ul>
<li>I hope to see my childhood sweetheart again soon.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>As long as the introductory clause and verb allow for further information to be given either a dass-construction or zu-construction are possible. If the supplementary clause deals with the same subject or object as in the introductory clause, a zu-construction is possible. It is recommended to separate the two clauses using a comma.</p>
<p>There are a few verbs that are often used to introduce zu-constructions like hoffen (to hope) and versuchen (to try), which we have already seen above. Let’s take a look at some other common verbs that often used to introduce the zu-constructions. A vertical line separating a prefix from the verb means that the verb has a separable prefix.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-617" title="zu constructions in german - common verbs" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/screen-shot-2012-02-05-at-17-12-00.png?w=628&#038;h=626" width="628" height="626" /></p>
<p>There are also adjectives and participles that are often used to introduce a zu-construction. The adjectives must be used in combination with the verb sein. Often the subject es is used in the introductory clause, as a general statement is being made.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-618" title="common adjectives demanding a zu-construction in German" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/screen-shot-2012-02-05-at-17-14-09.png?w=629&#038;h=394" width="629" height="394" />There are also several noun-verb combinations that are often used to introduce zu-constructions.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-619" title="common german phrases that call for a zu-construction" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/screen-shot-2012-02-05-at-17-15-55.png?w=631&#038;h=270" width="631" height="270" /></p>
<p>In conclusion, zu-constructions are a useful and common way of adding additional information to a sentence without the need to repeat the subject. The introductory clauses are very useful to learn, so that you have set phrases for speaking German.</p>
<h2>Exercises:</h2>
<p>Complete these sentences with your own information:</p>
<ol>
<li> Ich finde es schwer&#8230;</li>
<li>Ich versuche&#8230;</li>
<li>Es ist Zeit&#8230;</li>
<li>Ich habe vergessen&#8230;</li>
<li>Es ist zu spät&#8230;</li>
<li>Es macht mir Spass&#8230;</li>
</ol>
		<div id="geo-post-616" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395101</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510213</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German Adverbial Conjunctions — Mix it up, but watch your logic]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/03/german-adverbial-conjunctions-mix-it-up-but-watch-your-logic/</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 03 Feb 2012 19:55:01 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/02/03/german-adverbial-conjunctions-mix-it-up-but-watch-your-logic/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you’re reading this and you live in Switzerland, Austria and or any place with winter and hills o]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’re reading this and you live in Switzerland, Austria and or any place with winter and hills or mountains you may have tried skiing or ski on a regular basis. Learning a language is a lot like skiing. First you need to trust yourself to go down the piste. In language learning, that’s speaking. The first time you ski down a hill you’ll make mistakes and fall, but you get up and try it again. The same happens in languages. If you don’t try to speak then you can’t learn. In skiing there is technique which you learn in lessons and by practicing and getting the feel for it, pretty soon you don’t even think about it, it just comes naturally. With grammar it’s the same thing. You learn it, you consciously apply it. The more you use it, the more naturally it comes to you. But you need to speak.*<!--more--></p>
<div id="attachment_609" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class=" wp-image-609 " title="skiing" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/skiing_boarding.jpg?w=240&#038;h=161" width="240" height="161" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Practice speaking German enough and you&#8217;ll soon be speaking as well as this guy skis.</p></div>
<p>Alright, enough with the linguistic philosophizing and back to grammar. For the past two weeks we’ve been looking at different German conjunctions, which should help us to formulate more complex sentences. We’ve discussed <a title="Making Complex German Sentences Easy — Coordinating Conjunctions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/">coordinating conjunctions</a>, where we essentially just combine two sentences without changing much. We might choose to replace the explicit noun for a pronoun or even not repeat the subject, but the word order pretty much stay the same. Then we looked at <a title="German Subordinating Conjunctions — Yes, Sometimes the Verb Goes at the End" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/">subordinating conjunctions</a> where the verb in the subordinate clause goes to the end of the sentence. This week we’re going to look at conjunctional adverbs, which also links back our discussion from the three weeks before we started talking about conjunctions.</p>
<p>Conjunctional <a title="German Adverbs of Time (wann? wie oft?)" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/18/german-adverbs-of-time-wann-wie-oft/">adverbs</a> bring conditions and circumstances between ideas together and combine them. This might sound complex, but it’s not really as you do it all the time. But there are ten types of conjunctional adverbs, let’s take a look:</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-607" title="German adverbial conjunctions " alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/screen-shot-2012-02-03-at-20-40-11.png?w=629&#038;h=671" width="629" height="671" /></p>
<p>Unlike with coordinating conjunctions and subordinating conjunctions, the verb is placed differently in the adjoining sentence when we use adverbial conjunctions. Think of the adverbial conjunctions as a position. The verb comes in the second position and is followed by the subject.</p>
<h2>Form:</h2>
<p><strong><span style="color:#008080;">Independent Claus (Hauptsatz)</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">Adverbial Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#3366ff;">Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</span></strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1</sub></span> + <span style="color:#333399;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>) + , + <span style="color:#ff6600;">Adverbial Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1  </sub></span>+ <span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#333399;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>).</strong></p>
<p><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Ich</span> <span style="color:#339966;">kann</span> <span style="color:#333399;">ziemlich gut Ski</span> <span style="color:#339966;">fahren</span>, <span style="color:#ff6600;">schliesslich</span> <span style="color:#339966;">hatte</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">ich</span> <span style="color:#333399;">eine ausgezeichnete Skilehrerin</span>.</strong></p>
<p>Conjunctional adverbs can also come at the start of a clause and build an entirely independent clause. When they are used at the start of a sentence, then that sentence has a logical relationship to the preceding sentence. Be careful here of your narrative logic and order of ideas. The second sentence must follow the first sentence.</p>
<p>Now let’s look at examples for the ten different usages:</p>
<h3><em>1. kopulativ (think und)</em></h3>
<p>Two ideas are placed together, but no further relationship is established.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Für den Sieg bekam Federer eine hohe Summe Geldes, <span style="color:#ff6600;">ferner</span> konnte er auch den Weltmeistertitel erhalten.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>For the win Federer got a big sum of money, furthermore he was able to maintain the world champion title.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_611" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 220px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/angry-mom-0511-mdn.jpg"><img class=" wp-image-611 " alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/angry-mom-0511-mdn.jpg?w=210&#038;h=210" width="210" height="210" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">&#8230; sonst gehen wir nach Hause!</p></div>
<h3><em>2. disjunktiv (think oder)</em></h3>
<p>Of the two ideas presented, only one of them can be correct.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sei ruhig, <span style="color:#ff6600;">sonst</span> gehen wir nach Hause.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>Be quiet otherwise we’re going to go home.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>3. adversative (think aber)</em></h3>
<p>Two ideas are presented that oppose each other.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ralph versucht immer Deutsch mit seinen Kunden zu sprechen, <span style="color:#ff6600;">jedoch</span> hat er heute es überhaupt nicht probiert. </strong></em>
<ul>
<li>Ralph always tries to speak German with his clients, but today he didn’t even attempt it.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>4. restriktiv </em></h3>
<p>An idea in one of the clauses limits the idea of the other clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sie kann <span style="color:#ff6600;">zwar</span> gut singen, <span style="color:#ff6600;">aber</span> ein Star wird sie nicht.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>She might be able to sing well, but she’ll never be a star.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_612" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 220px"><img class=" wp-image-612 " title="jahreszeiten" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/cl_33534.jpg?w=210&#038;h=154" width="210" height="154" /><p class="wp-caption-text">&#8230; nämlich Frühling, Sommer, Herbst und Winter</p></div>
<h3><em>5. kausal (think denn)</em></h3>
<p>The second clause provides the reason for the idea or occurrence in the first clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Es gibt vier Jahreszeiten, <span style="color:#ff6600;">nämlich</span> Frühling, Sommer, Herbst und Winter.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>There are four seasons, namely Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>6. konsekutiv</em></h3>
<p>The second clause expresses the result of the action of the first clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich habe keine Lust wegzugehen, <span style="color:#ff6600;">deshalb</span> bleibe ich hier.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>I have no desire to leave, that’s why I stay here.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>7. konzessiv</em></h3>
<p>The second clause gives a concession to the event or idea of the first clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Ich habe Lust wegzugehen, <span style="color:#ff6600;">dennoch</span> bleibe ich hier.</em></strong>
<ul>
<li>I want to leave, yet I stay here.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>8. konditional</em></h3>
<p>The second clause gives the result of what will happen if the actions of the first clause are not met.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich habe erst an 17 Uhr Zeit, <span style="color:#ff6600;">ansonsten</span> gehen wir einfach morgen einkaufen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>I only have time after 5pm, otherwise we’ll simply go shopping tomorrow.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_614" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-614 " title="geschenke" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/02/geschenke_und_ballone_gr1.jpg?w=180&#038;h=180" width="180" height="180" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Darunter einige, die sie nicht mochte.</p></div>
<h3><em>9. lokal</em></h3>
<p>These are used to provide location (not always literally) of objects in relation to the action or facts given in the first clause.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sabine hat viele Geschenke bekommen. <span style="color:#ff6600;">Darunter</span> einige, die ihr nicht gefielen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>Sabine received many gifts. Some of which, she did not like.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h3><em>10. temporal</em></h3>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wir waren im Kino und sind <span style="color:#ff6600;">danach</span> gleich nach Hause gegangen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li>We were in the cinema and after that went directly home.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>And there we have it the ten uses of conjunctions. There are many of these adverbial conjunctions, so do not try and learn them all at once. I recommend that you tackle them a few at a time and try to incorporate them into your writing and speaking. Remember the word order changes the verb-subject order from the coordinating conjunctions.</p>
<p><em>*Just a small caveat here: Just like in sports (like skiing) once you get to a certain fluency in a language there bad habits will solidify. Native speakers of most languages make grammatical mistakes all the time and even the most regular skiers have their little quirks of things that are not textbook great form. </em></p>
<h2>Exercise:</h2>
<p>Combine these sentences using adverbial conjunctions:</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li>Man hat den Preis gesenkt. Mehr Kunden sollen dieses Produkt kaufen.
<ul>
<li><em>Man hat den Preis gesenkt, damit mehr Kunden dieses Produkt kaufen.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li> Der Bankräuber trug eine Maske. Man sollte ihn nicht erkennen.</li>
<li>Max schliesst das Fenster. Keine Fliegen sollen ins Zimmer kommen.</li>
<li>Ich habe Carmen eine E-Mail geschrieben. Sie soll mir mein Buch zurückgeben.</li>
<li>Paul gibt seiner Tochter den Wagen. Sie soll die Tante vom Bahnhof abholen.</li>
<li>Martina schneidet das Obst in kleine Stücke. Ihre Tochter soll mehr davon essen.</li>
<li>Die Polizei macht Radarkontrollen. Die Autofahrer sollen nicht so schnell fahren.</li>
</ol>
		<div id="geo-post-604" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395101</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510213</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German Subordinating Conjunctions — Yes, Sometimes the Verb Goes at the End]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 22 Jan 2012 19:48:40 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/22/german-subordinating-conjunctions-yes-sometimes-the-verb-goes-at-the-end/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[German has a reputation. Having spent a great deal of time in Canada, I know that German is perceive]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>German has a reputation. Having spent a great deal of time in Canada, I know that German is perceived as a terrible sounding language. Irish comedian Dylan Moran says in one of his routines that, “German sounds like typewriters eating tinfoil being kicked down stairs.” where does this idea come from? Probably from all the war movies out there where one only hears angry commands coming from German soldiers. If most people encountered English only as it comes from the Drill Sergeant&#8217;s mouth in <em><strong>Forrest Gump</strong></em>, English would probably have an equally bad reputation. However, this notion of German is completely wrong. German in all its thirty plus dialects is often a very musical language.<!--more--></p>
<p>The other thing that I hear most of my new students saying to me is, “Oh, yeah German’s difficult because the verb always comes at the end.” Somehow the language has a reputation of the verb always coming at the end. As most of us know though the verb generally comes in the second position. I think the verb at the end notion comes from two places. The first is that when there are multiple verbs or verb parts the infinitive or the past participle comes at the end and not in a quick sequence as in English. (<em>ex. Ich muss morgen früh wieder in die Bibliothek und lernen. Am Wochenende bin ich nach Laax gefahren.</em>) The other case when the verb goes at the end is when we use <em><strong>subordinating conjunctions (Subjunktionen)</strong></em>. Now we’ve discussed <em><strong><a title="Making Complex German Sentences Easy — Coordinating Conjunctions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/">coordinating conjunctions</a></strong></em>, but <em><strong>subordinating conjunctions</strong></em> are different.</p>
<p><em><strong>Coordinating conjunctions</strong></em> join two independent clauses (complete ideas). <em><strong>Subordinating conjunctions</strong></em> connect independent clauses (<em><strong>Hauptsätze</strong></em>) and dependent clauses (<em><strong>Nebensätze</strong></em>). A dependent clause is not a complete idea and cannot stand alone. The <em><strong>Nebensatz </strong></em>is created when the subordinating conjunction is introduced. The subordinating conjunction makes the dependent clause dependent on the independent clause. That means that there needs to be a relation between the two. As Emanuel points out in his comment below if we take this example you&#8217;ll understand.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<p>Ich habe Hunger. Ich gehe in die Küche. (I&#8217;m hungry. I&#8217;m going to the kitchen.)</p>
<p>These are two complete ideas. But you really want to give a reason for going to the kitchen. Therefore going to the kitchen is your independent clause and we&#8217;ll make being hungry the dependent clause because it is the reason for the action. You&#8217;re introducing the information to justify going to the kitchen.</p>
<p><em><strong>Ich gehe in die Küche, <span style="color:#800080;">weil</span> ich Hunger habe. </strong></em></p>
<p>OR</p>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#800080;">Weil</span> ich Hunger habe, gehe ich in die Küche.</strong></em></p>
<p>Note that &#8220;<em><strong>Ich have Hunger, <span style="color:#800080;">weil</span> ich in die Küche gehe.</strong></em>&#8221; is grammatically correct, but insinuates that you get hungry by going into the kitchen. It gives a reason for why you are hungry and <em><strong>not</strong></em> for why you are going to the kitchen.</p>
<p>There are nineteen, yes nineteen, common subordinating conjuctions:</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-586" title="subordinating conjunctions in German" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-22-at-19-40-29.png?w=625&#038;h=326" width="625" height="326" /></p>
<p>I know this is a lot so we’re not going to look at all of them, but rather at the most important ones, though you should make yourself aware of what they all mean.</p>
<p>The basic structure when joining two clauses with a subordinating conjunction is as follows:</p>
<h2>Option 1:</h2>
<h4><span style="color:#008080;">Independent Claus (Hauptsatz)</span> + <span style="color:#800080;">Subordinating Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#3366ff;">Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</span></h4>
<h4><span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1</sub></span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>) + , + <span style="color:#800080;">Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>) <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1</sub></span>.</h4>
<h4><span style="color:#ff0000;">Ich</span> <span style="color:#339966;">muss</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">zur Post</span> (<span style="color:#339966;">gehen</span>), <span style="color:#800080;">weil</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">ein Paket</span> <span style="color:#339966;">versenden</span> <span style="color:#339966;">muss</span>.</h4>
<h2>Option 2:</h2>
<h4><span style="color:#800080;">Subordinating Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#3366ff;">Dependent Clause (Nebensatz)</span> + <span style="color:#008080;">Independent Clause (Hauptsatz)</span></h4>
<h4><span style="color:#800080;">Conjunction</span> + <span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>) <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1</sub></span> + , + <span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>1</sub></span> + <span style="color:#ff0000;">Subject</span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;">&#8230;</span> + (<span style="color:#339966;">Verb<sub>2</sub></span>).</h4>
<h4><span style="color:#800080;">Weil</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">ein Paket</span> <span style="color:#339966;">versenden</span> <span style="color:#339966;">muss</span>, <span style="color:#339966;">muss</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">zur Post</span> (<span style="color:#339966;">gehen</span>).</h4>
<h3></h3>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>als</em></span> (as, when)</h3>
<p>In a previous blog post I spoke about <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span> and how it’s different from <em><strong>wenn</strong></em>. We use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span> for a single event in the past. When we use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span> the verbs must be in the past tense. <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Als</strong></em></span> clauses often feature the following words and phrases: <em><strong>plötzlich, gestern, letzte Woche, letztes Jahr, ich Kind war</strong></em>.</p>
<p>We always need to be aware of the order in which the events occurred, or which event was already in progress as the other one started.</p>
<p><em>Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Gestern <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">gingen</span></strong> <strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">wir</span></strong></em> <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">los</span></strong></em>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">regnete</span></strong></em>. (We left yesterday. It was raining.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Als</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">wir</span></strong></em> gestern <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>losgingen</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>regnete</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span>. (When we left yesterday, it was raining.)</p>
<p>OR</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Gestern <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">gingen</span></strong></em> <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">wir</span></strong> <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>los</strong></span></em>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>regnete</strong></em></span>. (We left yesterday. It was raining.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>regnete</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> gestern <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>losgingen</strong></em></span>. (It was raining, when we left yesterday.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>bis</em></span> (until)</h3>
<p>Don’t get this confused with the preposition. Here we use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>bis</strong></em></span> to tell as the point in time at which the event of the independent clause ended. Grammatically it may also be referred to as a temporal subordinating conjunction (<em><strong>Temporale Subjunktion</strong></em>).</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-602" title="Kuchen" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/cold-oven-pound-cake.jpg?w=210&#038;h=170" width="210" height="170" />Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Es</span></strong> <strong><span style="color:#339966;">war</span></strong></em> so lange still. Plötzlich <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>begann</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>ein Schüler</strong></em></span> zu <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>reden</strong></em></span>. (It was quiet for some time. Suddenly a pupil began to speak.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>bis</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>war</strong></em></span> so lange still, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>bis</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>ein Schüler</strong></em></span> zu <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>reden begann</strong></em></span>. (It was quiet for some time, until a pupil began speaking.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Der Kuchen</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>ist</strong></em></span> noch nicht fertig. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>dauert</strong></em></span> noch eine halbe Stunde. (The cake isn’t finished yet. It will take another half an hour.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>bis</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Bis</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>der Kuchen</strong></em></span> fertig <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>ist</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>dauert</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span> noch eine halbe Stunde. (Until the cake is finished, it will be another half an hour.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>dass</em></span> (that)</h3>
<p>This <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dass</strong></em></span> is used for combining object clauses, subject clauses and attributive clauses to independent clauses.</p>
<p>Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> mir etwas <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>gesagt</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>sei</strong></em></span> ein Problem für ihn. (He said something to me. It is a problem for him.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dass</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>sagte</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>dass</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span> ein Problem für ihn <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>sei</strong></em></span>. (He said, that it’s a problem for him.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Du</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>willst</strong></em></span> mir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>schreiben</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Das</strong></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>freut</strong></em></span> mich besonders. (You want to write me. I’m very happy.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><strong><em>dass</em></strong></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Dass</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> mir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>schreiben willst</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>freut</strong></em></span> mich besonders. (That you want to write me makes me particularly happy.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>obwohl</em></span> (despite, despite the fact that)</h3>
<p>We use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>obwohl</strong></em></span> when in our dependent clause we want to provide information that is in opposition to the information in the independent clause. The short form is <em><strong>obw</strong></em>.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-595" title="Skiing" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/skiing.jpg?w=210&#038;h=125" width="210" height="125" />Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Das Fenster</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>war</strong></em></span> wieder zu. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Ich</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hatte</strong></em></span> es gerade vorher <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geöffnet</strong></em></span>. (The window was closed again. I had just opened it.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>obwohl</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Das Fenster</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>war</strong></em></span> wieder zu, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>obwohl</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>ich</strong></em></span> es gerade vorher <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geöffnet hatte</strong></em></span>. (The window was closed again, despite the fact that I had just opened it.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>war</strong></em></span> noch nie <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Skifahren</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>konnte</strong></em></span> ziemlich gut <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Skifahren</strong></em></span>. (He had never been skiing. He could ski quite well.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>obwohl</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Obwohl</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span> noch nie <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Skifahren war</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>konnte</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span> schon ziemlich gut <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Skifahren</strong></em></span>. (Despite having never been skiing, he could still ski quite well.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>während</em></span> (while, during)</h3>
<p>Here’s one to be careful of. Though the subordinating conjunction weil sounds like the English word while, you actually want to use the german word <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>während</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Während</strong></em></span> is used to tell us that the event in the dependent clause is occurring at the same time as the event in the independent clause. Often people will use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>während</strong></em></span> as a preposition and thus leave out the need for a longer sentence.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-596" title="man cooking breakfast" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/2a7d7afcd9537bbe8cd92ae3efbe.jpg?w=210&#038;h=189" width="210" height="189" />Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Wir</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>waren</strong></em></span> auf dem Fest. Auf dem Fest <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>haben</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> uns <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>gestritten</strong></em></span>. (We were at the festival. We had an argument at the festival.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>während</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Während</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> auf dem Fest <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>waren</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>haben</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> uns <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>gestritten</strong></em></span>. (While we at the festival we had an argument.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Daniel</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>macht</strong></em></span> das Frühstück. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Seine Freundin</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>schläft</strong></em></span> noch. (Daniel is making breakfast. His girlfriend is still sleeping)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>während</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Daniel</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>macht</strong></em></span> das Frühstück, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>während</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>seine Freundin</strong></em></span> noch <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>schläft</strong></em></span>. (Daniel is making breakfast while his girlfriend is still sleeping.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>weil</em></span> (because)</h3>
<p>You might be asking yourself why there is another word for because when there is already the coordinating conjunction <em><strong>denn</strong></em>. The simple answer is that there just is. The longer answer is that with <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> you can start a sentence with the dependent clause (giving the reason before hand) and then state the result afterwards.</p>
<p><em>Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>konnte</strong></em></span> das Skifahren schnell <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>lernen</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hatte</strong></em></span> eine ausgezeichnete Skilehrerin. (He was able to learn to ski quickly. He had an excellent ski instructor.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Er</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>konnte</strong></span> das Skifahren schnell <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>lernen</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span> eine ausgezeichnete Skilehrerin <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hatte</strong></em></span>. (He was able to learn to ski quickly, because he had an excellent ski instructor.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Sie</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> für die Prüfungen fleissig <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gelernt</strong></span>. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Sie</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> die Prüfungen mit höchsten Noten <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>bestanden</strong></em></span>. (She studied a lot for the tests. She passed the tests with the highest grades.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Weil</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>sie</strong></em></span> für die Prüfungen fleissig <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>gelernt hat</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>sie</strong></em></span> die Prüfungen mit höchsten Noten <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>bestanden</strong></em></span>. (Because she studied a lot for her tests, she passed them with the highest grades.)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#800080;"><em>wenn</em></span> (when, if)</h3>
<p>This is another one that causes quite a bit of confusion mostly because in English the same word (<em><strong>when</strong></em>) is used for so many purposes. Remember, <a title="Start thinking like a German-speaker: Linguistic accuracy" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/01/25/start-thinking-like-a-german-speaker-linguistic-accuracy/">German is a precision language</a>. In German we use <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span> for events the occurred numerous times in the past, like we use if in conditional sentences, and like when for the future.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-597" title="chalet" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/typical-mountain-swiss-chalet.jpg?w=210&#038;h=142" width="210" height="142" />Examples of combining clauses using subordinating conjunctions:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Es</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">wird</span></strong></em> bald Abend. Am Abend <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hören</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> mit der Arbeit <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>auf</strong></em></span>. (It will soon be evening. In the evening we stop working.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span> Abend <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>wird</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>warden</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">wir</span></strong></em> mit der Arbeit <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>aufhören</strong></em></span>. (When it becomes evening, we’ll stop working.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Ich</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">wäre</span></strong></em> gern reich. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Ich</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>würde</strong></em></span> mir ein grosses Haus in den Bergen <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>kaufen</strong></em></span>. (I would like to be rich. I would buy myself a big house in the mountains.)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>ich</strong></em></span> reich <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>wäre</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>würde</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>ich</strong></em></span> mir ein grosses Haus in den Bergen <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>kaufen</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p>So there we have it, subordinating conjunctions in a nutshell. Ok, a rather large nutshell, but still I think you get the idea. Try combining the sentences in the exercises below using the subordinating conjunction given.</p>
<h2><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-598" title="a_Berlin_Fernsehturm" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/a_berlin_fernsehturm.jpg?w=200&#038;h=300" width="200" height="300" />Exercises:</h2>
<p>1. AnneMarie fährt nach Berlin. Sie muss viel arbeiten. (bevor)</p>
<p>2. Herr Müller hatte in Bern gewohnt. Er kam nach Zürich. (bis)</p>
<p>3. Ich sehe mein Schwester nie. Sie wohnt in Kanada. (weil)</p>
<p>4. Es gibt viel zu tun. Wir helfen alle mit. (wenn)</p>
<p>5. Sie kommt aus Polen. Sie kennt die Schweiz sehr gut. (obwohl)</p>
<p>6. John studierte in Berlin. Er hat Deutsch gesprochen. (als)</p>
<p>7. Helen fährt Snowboard. Ihr Mann fährt Ski. (während)</p>
<h2>Related Posts:</h2>
<ul>
<li><a title="Really?! You can say that? — German sentence structure" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/28/really-you-can-say-that-german-sentence-structure/">Basic German Sentence Structure</a></li>
<li><a title="Making Complex German Sentences Easy — Coordinating Conjunctions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/">German Coordinating Conjunctions</a></li>
<li><a title="vor vs. bevor vs. vorher — yes, there’s a difference!" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/06/04/vor-vs-bevor-vs-vorher-yes-theres-a-difference/">Vor, bevor, vorher</a></li>
<li><a title="Prepositions Part 1: The Accusative 7" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/15/prepositions-part-1-the-accusative-7/">German Accusative Prepositions</a></li>
<li><a title="Prepositions 2: Datives on the Danube" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/09/28/prepositions-2-datives-on-the-danube/">German Dative Prepositions</a></li>
<li><a title="Prepositions Part 3: Two-Way Prepositions" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/10/02/prepositions-part-3-two-way-prepositions/">German Two-way Prepositions</a></li>
<li><a title="Prepositions Part 4: Don’t Fear the Genitive" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/10/09/prepositions-part-4-dont-fear-the-genitive/">German Genitive Prepositions</a></li>
<li><a title="German Cases — Understanding verbs, subjects, and objects" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/05/20/german-cases-understanding-verbs-subjects-and-objects/">German Word Order </a></li>
</ul>
		<div id="geo-post-584" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395098</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510153</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Making Complex German Sentences Easy — Coordinating Conjunctions]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 15 Jan 2012 18:15:21 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/15/making-complex-german-sentences-easy-coordinating-conjunctions/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Do you remember playing with Lego? Now you’re probably an adult and if you don’t have children the c]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you remember playing with Lego? Now you’re probably an adult and if you don’t have children the closest you get to assembling things is new IKEA furniture. Have you ever noticed that when you open a new Lego set or an IKEA package and look at all the pieces you sometimes have no idea how they will all form what the picture on the outside of the box looks like? Then you open up the instruction manual and you see that some of those odd shaped pieces are needed to construct the front moving shovel of a Lego backhoe that will later be attached, or the rolling mechanism of an IKEA drawer set. Piece by piece it all comes together.<!--more--></p>
<div id="attachment_574" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-574 " title="Lego" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/8455-1-1.jpg?w=180&#038;h=122" alt="" width="180" height="122" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Building sentences is like playing with Lego.</p></div>
<p>That is what language is like, and German is no exception. Now we’ve learned about basic German sentence structure. That German is a <a title="Really?! You can say that? — German sentence structure" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/28/really-you-can-say-that-%e2%80%94-german-sentence-structure/">time, manner, place</a> (<em><strong>wann, wie, wo</strong></em>) language. We’ve seen how you construct questions and answer them using the language pieces they entail. But sometimes we want to go a little further and not simply provide a simple answer, but want to elaborate on it. Well here’s the good news, you have many of the pieces built now and we just need to put those together.</p>
<p>There are three types of ways to join sentences in German and each has a specific use. Today we’re going to look at coordinating conjunctions (<em><strong>Konjunktionen</strong></em>). Conjunctions allow us to combine independent clauses.</p>
<p>What is an independent clause (<em><strong>Hauptsatz</strong></em>)? As the name suggests an independent clause is a sentence that can stand on its own. It does not rely on anything else. It has a subject and a verb and usually an object. Up to now we’ve pretty much been constructing only independent clauses.</p>
<p>There are five key coordinating conjunctions in German: <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span>, <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">denn</span></strong></em>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span>, and <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>und</strong></em></span>. These are great because the combined independent clauses do not need to be changed at all in their structure when combined.</p>
<p>Often if the subject is explicitly mentioned in the first clause (ex. <em><strong>Der Tisch</strong></em>, <em><strong>Michael</strong></em>, <em><strong>Das Wetter</strong></em> etc.) it is replaced by a personal pronoun in the second clause. Remember <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>der</strong></em></span> = <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>die</strong></em></span> = <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>sie</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>das</strong></em></span> = <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span>. The one thing that can sometimes be done is the subject can be dropped from the second clause if it is the same as the subject in the first independent clause.</p>
<p>Let’s take a look:</p>
<p>In the examples I&#8217;ll color the <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">subjects</span></strong></em> indigo and the <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>verbs</strong></em></span> maroon.</p>
<h3><em><span style="color:#ff0000;">und</span></em> (and)</h3>
<p><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Und</strong></em></span> is used to combine two words, two clauses and two sentences. Thus it allows for items to be listed and ideas to be coordinated, summarized and added to the previous. It can replace the following punctuation: comma (<em><strong>Komma</strong></em> (,)), semicolon (<em><strong>Semikolon</strong></em> (;)), period (<em><strong>Punkt</strong></em> (.)), colon (<em><strong>Doppelpunkt</strong></em> (:)), exclamation mark (<em><strong>Ausrufzeichen</strong></em> (!)) and question mark (<em><strong>Fragezeichen</strong></em> (?)). In legal documentation <em><strong>u.</strong></em> is often used to shorten und. The ampersand (&#38;) is only used for names.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-575" title="die Schweiz" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/uebersichtskarte-schweiz.png?w=210&#038;h=133" alt="" width="210" height="133" />Examples of independent clauses being combined:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Die Sonne</span></strong> <strong><span style="color:#800000;">scheint</span></strong></em>. <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Es</span></strong> <strong><span style="color:#800000;">ist</span></strong></em> warm. (<em>The sun is shining. It is warm.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">und</span></strong></em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <em><span style="color:#333399;"><strong>Die Sonne</strong></span> <strong><span style="color:#800000;">scheint</span></strong> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>und</strong></span></em> <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">es</span></strong></em> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>ist</strong></em></span> warm.</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Die Schweiz</span></strong> <span style="color:#800000;"><strong>ist</strong></span></em> ein Alpenland in Mitteleuropa. <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Die Schweiz</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>grenzt</strong></em></span> an Frankreich, Deutschland, Österreich, Liechtenstein und Italien. (<em>Switzerland is an alpine country in the middle of Europe. Switzerland boarders France, Germany, Austria, Liechtenstein and Italy.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>und</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <em><span style="color:#333399;"><strong>Die Schweiz</strong></span> <strong><span style="color:#800000;">ist</span></strong></em> ein Alpenland in Mitteleuropa <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>und</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>grenzt</strong></em></span> an Frankreich, Deutschland, Österreich, Liechtenstein und Italien.</p>
<p>*Note: Because Switzerland is the subject in both sentences we can drop the second Switzerland when we combine the two.</p>
<h3><em><span style="color:#3366ff;">aber</span></em> (but)</h3>
<p>We use <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> as a conjuction when we want the second clause to express something in opposition or contradictory to the first clause. Before <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> we need to place a comma.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-576" title="snoring" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/stop_snoring1.jpg?w=210&#038;h=151" alt="" width="210" height="151" />Examples of independent clauses being combined:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Hannes</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#800000;">will</span></strong></em> nach Berlin <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>fliegen</strong></em></span>. <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Sein Chef</span></strong> <strong><span style="color:#800000;">gibt</span></strong></em> ihm keine Ferien. (<em>Hannes wants to fly to Berlin. His boss won’t give him any holidays.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Hannes</span></strong></em> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>will</strong></em></span> nach Berlin <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>fliegen</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">sein Chef</span></strong></em> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>gibt</strong></em></span> ihm keine Ferien.</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Maria</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>soll</strong></em> <em><strong>schlafen</strong></em></span>. <em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Ihr Freund</span></strong></em> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>schnarchelt</strong></em></span>. (<em>Maria should sleep. Her boyfriend is snoring.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Maria</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>soll</strong></em> <em><strong>schlafen</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>ihr Freund</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>schnarchelt</strong></em></span>.</p>
<h3><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em>denn</em></span> (because)</h3>
<p>Yes we’ve talked about <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong><a title="Because there are three words for expressing because in German" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/24/because-there-are-three-words-for-expressing-because-in-german/"><span style="color:#ff6600;">denn</span></a></strong></em></span> before. <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Denn</strong></em></span> is the coordinating conjuction for because. There are also the subordinating conjuctions <em><strong>weil</strong></em> and <em><strong>da</strong></em>. We use <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> to provide a reason (<em><strong>Grund</strong></em>) for what happened in the first clause. When we use <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> as a conjunction, we dot start the the sentence with it. also note that there is a comma before <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> when we use it as a coordinating conjunction.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-577" title="apres ski" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/apres_ski_01_big.jpg?w=210&#038;h=158" alt="" width="210" height="158" />Examples of independent clauses being combined:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Markus</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> heute einen Kater. Gestern <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span> zu viel beim Après-Ski <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>getrunken</strong></em></span>. (<em>Markus has a hangover today. He drank too much at après-ski yesterday.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>denn</em></strong></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Markus</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> heute einen Kater, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> gestern <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>er</strong></em></span> zu viel beim Après-Ski <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>getrunken</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Franziska</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>kann</strong></em></span> heute nicht ins Kino <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>gehen</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Franziska</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>muss</strong></em></span> für ihre Prüfung <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>lernen</strong></em></span>. (<em>Franziska can’t go to the cinema today. Franziska has to study for her test.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Franziska</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>kann</strong></em></span> heute nicht ins Kino <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>gehen</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>sie</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>muss</strong></em></span> für ihre Prüfung <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>lernen</strong></em></span>.</p>
<h3><span style="color:#339966;"><em>oder</em></span> (or)</h3>
<p>We use <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> to provide a differentiation between two or more possibilities. Here we speak of two different kinds of <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span>: <em><strong>exclusive</strong></em> (when not all the options are possible to choose) and <em><strong>inclusive</strong></em> (when all options are possible to choose.) When used to give an exclusive option it is often used in combination with <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>entweder</strong></em></span> as in “<span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>entweder &#8230; oder</strong></em></span>” (<em><strong>either &#8230; or</strong></em>). We can also use <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> for showing a consequence. Again, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> is often used as a particle, so be careful with this one. The short forms for oder are <em><strong>o.</strong></em> and <em><strong>od.</strong></em></p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-578" title="Lernen" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/studentin__bc3bccher__lernen_260x172_01.jpg?w=200&#038;h=132" alt="" width="200" height="132" />Examples of independent clauses being combined:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong>Exclusive (<span style="color:#339966;">entweder &#8230; oder</span>)</strong></em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Du</strong></em></span> <em><strong><span style="color:#800000;">hast</span></strong></em> einen bekannten Vater. Wenn <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> keinen bekannten Vater <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hast</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hast</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> einen unbekannten Vater. (<em>You know your father. If you don’t know your father, then you have an unknown father.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>entweder &#8230; oder</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Du</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>hast</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>entweder</strong></em></span> einen bekannten <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> einen unbekannten Vater. (<em>You either know who your father is or you don’t.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong>Inclusive</strong></em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>Gehst</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> heute ins Kino? <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>Gehst</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> heute noch Einen <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>trinken</strong></em></span>? <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Wir</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>können</strong></em></span> auch beide. (<em>Are you going to the cinema? Are you going for a drink? We can also do both.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>Gehst</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> heute ins Kino <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> noch Einen <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>trinken</strong></em></span> — <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>wollen</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>wir</strong></em></span> es <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>verbinden</strong></em></span>? (<em>Are you going to the cinema or out for a drink — or do we want to do both?</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong>Consequence</strong></em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>Komm her</strong></em></span>! Wenn <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>du</strong></em></span> nicht <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>herkommst</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>gibt</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span> Ärger. (<em>Come here! If you don’t come here, there’ll be trouble.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>Komm her</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>oder</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>es</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>gibt</strong></em></span> Ärger! (<em>Come here, or there’ll be trouble!</em>)</p>
<h3><span style="color:#993366;"><em>sondern</em></span> (but, rather, but rather)</h3>
<p>Now you might wonder what is the <a title="Same same but different — aber vs. sondern" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/27/same-same-but-different-%e2%80%94-aber-vs-sondern/">difference between aber and </a><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong><a title="Same same but different — aber vs. sondern" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/27/same-same-but-different-%e2%80%94-aber-vs-sondern/"><span style="color:#993366;">sondern</span></a></strong></em></span>. The answer is that <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> is only used after a negative clause where in the second clause the positive opposite is given. This is particularly useful when answering questions in the negative, but wanting to add clarification. Ex. <em><strong>Gehst du nach Hause? Nein, ich gehe nicht nach Hause, <span style="color:#993366;">sondern</span> ins Fitnessstudio</strong></em>. (<em>Are you going home? No, I’m not going home, but rather to the gym.</em>)</p>
<p>When we want to highlight two qualities of something we often use the construction <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>nicht nur &#8230; sonder auch</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p><em><img class="alignright  wp-image-579" title="zweydingersskis" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/zweydingersskis.jpg?w=210&#038;h=111" alt="" width="210" height="111" />Examples of independent clauses being combined:</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"><em><strong><span style="color:#333399;">Ich</span></strong> <span style="color:#800000;"><strong>komme</strong></span></em> heute nicht nach Hause. <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Ich</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>übernachte</strong></em></span> bei meiner Freundin. (<em>I’m not coming home today. I’m staying the night at my girlfriend’s.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Ich</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>komme</strong></em></span> heute nicht nach Hause, <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>übernachte</strong></em></span> bei einem Freund</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;"> <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Diese Ski</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>sind</strong></em></span> sehr gut. <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Sie</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>sind</strong></em></span> günstig. (<em>These skis are very good. They are well priced.</em>)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">+ <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>nicht nur &#8230; sonder auch</strong></em></span></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">= <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>Diese Ski</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800000;"><em><strong>sind</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>nicht nur</strong></em></span> sehr gut, <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>sondern auch</strong></em></span> günstig. (<em>These skis are not only very good, but also well priced.</em>)</p>
<p>And there we have it, the coordinating conjunctions in German. Note that the word order does not have to change when we combine sentences using coordination conjunctions. However, using conjunctions allows you to often drop out words that would repeat or at least switch proper nouns for pronouns. Coordinating conjunctions do not count as a position in a sentence either, remember you could switch them out for punctuation and often make two separate clauses.</p>
<p><em><strong>Complete this text about the Tschuggen Grand Hotel in Arosa with the correct conjunction.</strong></em></p>
<blockquote><p><img class="alignright  wp-image-580" title="tschuggen" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/tschuggen_aussen_nacht_web.jpg?w=210&#038;h=210" alt="" width="210" height="210" />Wenn der Schnee in diesem Winter auf sich warten lässt, ist das im Tschuggen Grand Hotel kein Problem. Zwar ist die Region um das Schweizer Dorf bekannt für seine Pisten, _______ auch in dem Luxushotel auf über 1800 Metern wird Urlaubern nicht langweilig. Die Küche ist sehr gut, die Architektur ganz toll _______ das Spa so schön, dass manche Gäste am liebsten gar nicht mehr abfahren wollen. Im Winter können Gäste Skifahren gehen _______ einfach im Spa entspannen. Wenn doch genug Schnee liegt: Vom Hotel fährt eine Bergbahn, der Tschuggen Express, direkt ins Skigebiet von Arosa. Das Hotel hat fünf Restaurants _______ eine Bar. Gäste können in einem von 98 Zimmern _______ 32 Suiten übernachten. Eine Übernachtung ist nicht billig, _______ das Hotel ist ein Fünf-Sterne-Hotel Superior.</p></blockquote>
		<div id="geo-post-570" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395106</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510183</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Decoding German Questions to Unlock the Answer]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/08/decoding-german-questions-to-unlock-the-answer/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 08 Jan 2012 13:39:59 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/08/decoding-german-questions-to-unlock-the-answer/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Anytime I start teaching a new student I realize one thing. Most people believe that there is no sys]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anytime I start teaching a new student I realize one thing. Most people believe that there is no system to the new language they are learning. The good news is though that there is. In this blog post I want to decode “entschlüsseln” German questions, so that you can correctly answer them.<!--more--></p>
<p>There are two types of questions: Yes/No questions and Information questions. In German Yes/No questions start with a verb. While there is a German verb “to do” (tun) we do not generally use it to ask yes/no questions, because tun does not serve the auxiliary function it does in English. In many ways this should be of relief to anyone learning German, because it means there is one less verb to worry about.</p>
<p>Information questions start with interrogatives. It is imperative that you learn these interrogatives as quickly as possible:</p>
<div id="attachment_565" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-565" title="Was wird gefragt?" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/decoding.png?w=300&#038;h=231" alt="" width="300" height="231" /><p class="wp-caption-text">You have to understand the question to answer it. Use the question to make your answer.</p></div>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wann</strong></em></span> — when</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wo</strong></em></span> — where</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>woher</strong></em></span> — where from</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wohin</strong></em></span> — where to</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>was</strong></em></span> — what</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wie</strong></em></span> — how</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>warum</strong></em></span> — why</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wieso</strong></em></span> — why</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>weshalb</strong></em></span> — why</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>wie viel</strong></em></span> — how much</p>
<p><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>*welch-</strong></em></span> — which</p>
<p>*Note welch- acts like a der-Wort and takes different endings (-e, -er, -es, -en, -em)</p>
<p>Alright let’s start decoding questions and answers. We’ll start with yes/no questions, as no further information is required to answer them:</p>
<p><img class="size-full wp-image-553 alignnone" title="German Yes/No Questions" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-05-22.png?w=349&#038;h=153" alt="" width="349" height="153" /></p>
<p>All yes/no questions have a <em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">verb</span></strong></em> and a <em><strong><span style="color:#ffcc00;">subject</span></strong></em> and many have a <em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">direct object</span></strong></em> (accusative). In the above examples the verbs are in orange, the subject in yellow and the direct object in blue.</p>
<p>When we go to answer the question all we need to do is answer with a yes or no and then reverse the order of the subject and verb. Also notice that if the subject in the question is in the second person singular or plural (du, ihr, Sie) we must answer with a subject in the first person singular or plural (ich, wir). In reverse it is somewhat different. See the chart below.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-554" title="personal pronoun change in questions and answers german" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-05-39.png?w=613&#038;h=265" alt="" width="613" height="265" /></p>
<p>**Note, sollen is a modal verb and is conjugated, but requires a verb in the infinitive at the end of then sentence.</p>
<p>It is also very important to remember subject-verb agreement. Remember the verb must be conjugated to agree with the subject of the sentence.</p>
<p>When giving a negative response, you must ask yourself, am I negating the object or the entire statement.</p>
<p>If you’re negating the entire statement, you can often simply end the sentence with nicht.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;">Liest</span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;">du</span> <span style="color:#3366ff;">die Zeitung</span>? (Do you read the newspaper?)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>Nein</em></strong></span>, <span style="color:#ffcc00;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">lese</span> <span style="color:#3366ff;">die Zeitung</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>. (No, I don’t read the newspaper.)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re negating an <span style="color:#339966;">attribute</span> then place the nicht in front of that attribute.</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;">Kommst</span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;">du</span> <span style="color:#339966;">aus Grossbritannien</span>? (Are you from Great Britain?)
<ul>
<li> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>Nein</em></strong></span>, <span style="color:#ffcc00;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">komme</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#339966;">aus Grossbritannien</span>. (No, I’m not from Great Britain.)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;">Ist</span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;">die Suppe</span> <span style="color:#339966;">heiss</span>? (Is the soup hot?)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Nein</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#ffcc00;">die Suppe</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">ist</span> <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">nicht</span></strong></em> <span style="color:#339966;">heiss</span>. (No, the soup is not hot.)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>If you’re negating the object, then you generally use a form of kein (keinen, keine, kein).</p>
<p>z.B.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;">Hast</span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;">du</span> <span style="color:#3366ff;">ein Auto</span>? (Do you have a car?)
<ul>
<li> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>Nein</em></strong></span>, <span style="color:#ffcc00;">ich</span> <span style="color:#ff6600;">habe</span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>kein</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;">Auto</span>. (No, I don’t have a car.)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The most important thing to remember about yes/no questions is that other than possibly having to add the words <em><strong>nicht</strong></em> or <em><strong>kein</strong></em> to the answer, the word cues are all there to answer it.</p>
<p>Now let’s continue with information questions. These are somewhat harder, because they require added information. Two things will tell the person asking you the question that you don’t understand German. The first is that you answer with a yes or a no. Yes and no are never (never ever) the correct answer to an information question. The second is that you answer with information that was not asked (ex. You state a place when asked who someone is.)</p>
<p>Let’s take a look here:</p>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Wann</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-555 alignnone" title="question with wann" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-06-04.png?w=469&#038;h=76" alt="" width="469" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Wo</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-556 alignnone" title="german questions with wo" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-06-27.png?w=470&#038;h=76" alt="" width="470" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Woher</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-557 alignnone" title="german questions with woher" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-07-38.png?w=470&#038;h=76" alt="" width="470" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Wohin</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-558 alignnone" title="german questions with wohin" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-07-58.png?w=590&#038;h=76" alt="" width="590" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Wie</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-559 alignnone" title="german questions with die" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-08-15.png?w=600&#038;h=76" alt="" width="600" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Was</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-560 alignnone" title="german questions with was" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-08-30.png?w=600&#038;h=76" alt="" width="600" height="76" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Warum/Wieso/Weshalb</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-561 alignnone" title="German questions with warm, wieso, weshalb" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-08-43.png?w=600&#038;h=75" alt="" width="600" height="75" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Wie viel</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-562 alignnone" title="German questions with wie viel" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-08-58.png?w=600&#038;h=71" alt="" width="600" height="71" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><em><strong>Welch-</strong></em></div>
<div style="text-align:left;"><img class="size-full wp-image-563 alignnone" title="German questions with welch" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-08-at-14-09-11.png?w=626&#038;h=84" alt="" width="626" height="84" /></div>
<div style="text-align:left;">***Note here that when asking where something is, in German we are often exact about if its lying, sitting, standing, hanging etc. See the previous blog post for more information.</div>
<div>
<p>****Note also that in German machen is often used like the English “to do” and therefore requires the verb to change, as the question is asking about an activity.</p>
<p>If you look at all of these questions you’ll notice that the verb comes after the interrogative (2nd position). Because the answers are statements, the verb must also come in the second position. Generally we start the answer with the subject, but if there is a time reference, it typically comes first and the subject right after the verb.</p>
<p>Here are 40 questions that you should be able to practice and answer.</p>
<div style="background:#fff;padding:3px;"><a href="http://quizlet.com/8843035/familiarize/embed/?hideLinks"><br />
http://quizlet.com/8843035/familiarize/embed/?hideLinks<br />
</a><br />
Choose a Study ModeScatterLearnFlashcards</p>
<div style="float:left;font-size:11px;padding-top:2px;"><a style="float:left;margin:-2px 6px 0 2px;" href="http://quizlet.com/"><img title="Quizlet.com, home of free online educational games" src="http://quizlet.com/a/i/quizlet-embed-logo.T2WA.png" alt="Quizlet.com, home of free online educational games" border="0" /></a> <a href="http://quizlet.com/8843035/einfache-fragen-antworten-flash-cards/">Study these flash cards</a> &#124; <a href="http://quizlet.com/subject/german/">Study german flash cards</a></div>
<div style="clear:both;"></div>
</div>
</div>
		<div id="geo-post-552" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.394950</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510055</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Descriptive Adverbs - Wie?]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/01/descriptive-adverbs-wie/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2012 17:53:20 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/01/01/descriptive-adverbs-wie/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Happy New Year! (Frohes Neues!). 2012 started in Zurich with a bang as it does in many other cities]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align:left;">Happy New Year! (Frohes Neues!). 2012 started in Zurich with a bang as it does in many other cities around the world. One thing that I’ve noticed differentiates New Year’s Eve in the German speaking world from other areas is that people shoot off fireworks until early in the morning. At no other time of year will you see so many fireworks being fired off, as on New Year’s Eve.<!--more--></p>
<p>For the past two weeks we’ve been discussing adverbs. We’ve talked about <a title="German Adverbs of Time (wann? wie oft?)" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/18/german-adverbs-of-time-wann-wie-oft/">adverbs of time</a> and <a title="German Locational Adverbs — (Wo? Wohin? Woher?)" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/26/german-locational-adverbs-wo-wohin-woher/">adverbs of place</a>. Today we’re going to look at descriptive adverbs (adverbs of manner). Let’s recap again what adverbs do: Adverbs (<em><strong>das Adverb, die Adverbien</strong></em>) convey information about verbs, adjectives and other adverbs. They tell us how of where an activity takes place, or they modify the particular intensity of a verb or adjective. In English adverbs typically end in -ly, however, in German they usually do not have any special ending.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at six features of descriptive adverbs.</p>
<p><img class=" wp-image-547 alignright" title="Silvester Feuerwerk" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/1321007879063l.jpg?w=198&#038;h=131" alt="" width="198" height="131" /></p>
<p>1. Descriptive adverbs look like descriptive adjectives without endings. When such an adverb is used to modify a verb (action word), it often indicates how, in which manner, or to what degree the activity was done. The adverb is then placed after the main verb when there is only one verb or before the second verb.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Auf der ganzen Welt haben Milliarden Menschen den Jahreswechsel <span style="color:#3366ff;">ausgiebig</span> und <span style="color:#3366ff;">fröhlich</span> gefeiert.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>Around the world billions of people <strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">amply</span></strong> and <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>happily</strong></span> celebrated the changing of the year.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li> <em><strong>Feuerwerke schossen <span style="color:#3366ff;">prächtig</span> und <span style="color:#3366ff;">laut</span> in den Himmel.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>Fireworks fired <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>brightly</strong></span> and <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>loudly</strong></span> into the sky.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>2. Descriptive adverbs can modify adjectives. Remember, adverbs do not take endings! Let’s compare:</p>
<p style="text-align:center;"><img class="aligncenter  wp-image-542" title="adjektive vs. adverbien" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/screen-shot-2012-01-01-at-18-16-20.png?w=499&#038;h=174" alt="" width="499" height="174" /></p>
<p> <img class="alignright  wp-image-548" title="Zürich Silvester Feuerwerk" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/feuerwerk_sylvester_zuerich_fullsize_1-4401870-12621851201.jpg?w=198&#038;h=143" alt="" width="198" height="143" /> 3. Adverbs can also modify other adverbs.</p>
<ul>
<li> <em><strong>Die Leuten hatten das Feuerwerk in Zürich <span style="color:#3366ff;">besonders</span> <span style="color:#ff9900;">bewundernd</span> angeschaut.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>The people watched the fireworks in Zurich with <strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">particular</span> <span style="color:#ff9900;">wonder</span></strong>.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong>Die meisten Partys kamen bis um vier Uhr am Morgen <span style="color:#3366ff;">erstaunlich</span> <span style="color:#ff9900;">friedlich</span> zu Ende.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>Most parties ended <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>astonishingly</strong></span> <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong>peacefully</strong></span> by 4 in the morning.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>4. Some adverbs of manner have no adjective equivalents.</p>
<ul>
<li><em><strong> Ich wäre selber <span style="color:#339966;">gern</span> dort gewesen.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I would have <strong><span style="color:#339966;">liked</span></strong> to have been there.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><em><strong>Ich habe es <span style="color:#339966;">kaum</span> geglaubt.</strong></em>
<ul>
<li><em>I <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>hardly</strong></span> believed it.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_546" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 208px"><img class=" wp-image-546  " title="Sie kam schon." src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2012/01/blake-lively-ap-emmy2.jpg?w=198&#038;h=141" alt="" width="198" height="141" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Erstaunlicherweise war sie schon da!</p></div>
<p>5. To convey attitude or reaction a few descriptive adverbs can be formed with the suffix <span style="color:#333333;"><em><strong>-erweise</strong></em></span> to descriptive adjectives.</p>
<ul>
<li> <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>bedauerlicherweis</strong></em></span> (<em>regrettably</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Meine Freundin war <span style="color:#800080;">bedauerlicherweise</span> nicht auf der Party.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>My girlfriend was <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>regrettably</strong></span> not at the party.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#00ccff;"><em><strong>dummerweise</strong></em></span> (<em>foolishly, stupidly</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ein Freund von mir trank <span style="color:#00ccff;">dummerweise</span> zu viel Bier.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>My friend <span style="color:#00ccff;">foolishly</span> drank too much beer.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>erstaunlicherweise</strong></em></span> (<em>amazingly</em>)
<ul>
<li><strong><em>Trotzdem ging es ihm <span style="color:#ff6600;">erstaunlicherweise</span> gut.</em></strong></li>
<li><em>Despite that he was <span style="color:#ff6600;">amazingly</span> in fine form.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>glücklicherweise</strong></em></span> (<em>fortunately</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich hatte mein Handy dabei und konnte <span style="color:#0000ff;">glücklicherweise</span> meine Freundin anrufen.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>I had my mobile phone with me and could <span style="color:#0000ff;">fortunately</span> call my girlfriend.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>möglicherweise</strong></em></span> (<em>possibly</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich fragte sie, ob sie <span style="color:#ff0000;">möglicherweise</span> auch zur Party kommen konnte.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>I asked her, if she could <span style="color:#ff0000;">possibly</span> also come to the party.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#cc99ff;"><em><strong>überraschenderweise</strong></em></span> (<em>surprisingly</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wie das Glück es wollte, kam sie <span style="color:#cc99ff;">überraschenderweise</span> gerade an.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>As luck would have it, she had <span style="color:#cc99ff;">surprisingly</span> just arrived.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>6. Some descriptive adverbs are formed by adding the suffix <em><strong>-weise</strong></em> to nouns.</p>
<ul>
<li> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>fallweise</strong></em></span> (<em>case by case</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Die Polizei mussten <span style="color:#ff6600;">fallweise</span> auf verschiedene Partys auftauchen.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>The police had to appear at different parties on a <span style="color:#ff6600;">case by case</span> basis.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#33cccc;"><em><strong>paarweise</strong></em></span> (<em>in pairs</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#33cccc;">Paarweise</span> betraten sie die Tanzfläche.</strong></em></li>
<li><em><span style="color:#33cccc;">In pairs</span> they went on to the dance floor.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>stückweise</strong></em></span> (<em>piece by piece</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Viele Menschen kaufen ihre Möbel nur <span style="color:#993366;">stückweise</span>.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>Many people only buy their furniture <span style="color:#993366;">piece by piece</span>.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>teileweise</strong></em></span> (<em>partially</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wir sind <span style="color:#ff0000;">teilweise</span> erfolgreich: die meisten der Aufgaben wurden erledigt, einige jedoch nicht.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>We were <span style="color:#ff0000;">partially</span> successful: most of our tasks were completed, some however not.</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div><em><br />
</em></div>
		<div id="geo-post-541" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.394950</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510055</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German Adverbs of Time (wann? wie oft?)]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/18/german-adverbs-of-time-wann-wie-oft/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 18 Dec 2011 13:05:50 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/12/18/german-adverbs-of-time-wann-wie-oft/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Christmas is just one week away and many people will be going home to spend the holidays with their]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Christmas is just one week away and many people will be going home to spend the holidays with their family. Others will be spending time with friends. Inevitably we tell stories when we’re around other people. One of the most important parts of speech that you need to tell a flowing narrative are <em><strong>adverbs</strong></em>. <!--more--></p>
<p>In German, like in English, there are many <em><strong>adverbs of time</strong></em>. I’ve noticed that many German learners find these confusing, because they are rarely addressed early enough in the learning process, but are always used by German speakers and in dialogues.</p>
<p>Let’s get started with looking at these <em><strong>adverbs of time</strong></em>. Generally speaking <em><strong>adverbs of time</strong></em> fall into one of four categories. For that reason, I will introduce these adverbs in the four categories.</p>
<p>Just a quick note to everyone about the positioning of adverbs of time in your sentence. First, remember the all important German sentence structure logic: <a title="German: The language of punctuality" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/01/23/german-the-language-of-punctuality/">Time, Manner, Place (TMP)</a>. Therefore, adverbs of time should come before those of place or manner. The second point is that we move from general time to specific time. Third, German is the language of punctuality, which means that we often place the time phrase in the first position. If the adverbial phrase is placed at the beginning of a sentence, it is not separated from the rest of the sentence with a comma like in English. I repeat NO COMMA! If you start a sentence with an adverb of time or an adverbial phrase that is your position 1 and the verb must follow in position 2 and the subject in position 3.</p>
<p><strong>Please keep the above in mind as we look at our for categories and their examples:</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_520" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-520 " title="lächeln" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/smiling-woman-with-hat1.jpg?w=180&#038;h=119" alt="" width="180" height="119" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Oft überrascht sie ihn mit ihrem wünderschönen Lächeln.</p></div>
<p>1. Adverbs of time in <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>category one</strong></em></span> tell us when or how often an activity occurs. A good idea here is to make a continuum to remember them. Here are some of the most common examples:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>ab und zu</strong></em></span> (<em>now and then</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich bin kein Profieishockeyspieler, ich spiele nur <span style="color:#3366ff;">ab und zu</span> Eishockey.</strong></em></li>
<li><em>(I’m not a professional ice-hockey player. I only play <strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">now and then</span></strong>.)</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>bald</strong></em></span> (<em>soon</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Bald</span> nun ist Weihnachtszeit.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Soon</span></strong> it will be Christmas.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>immer</strong></em></span> (<em>always</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Er hat sie <span style="color:#3366ff;">immer</span> geliebt.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>He <strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">always</span></strong> loved her.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>manchmal</strong></em></span> (<em>sometimes</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Manchmal</span> gehe ich auf den Weihnachtsmarkt alleine.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Sometimes</strong></span> I go to the Christmas market alone.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>nie</strong></em></span> (<em>never</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Er wird sie <span style="color:#3366ff;">nie</span> enttäuschen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>He will <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>never</strong></span> disappoint her.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>oft</strong></em></span> (<em>often</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">Oft</span> überrascht sie ihn mit ihrem wünderschönen Lächeln.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>She <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>often</strong></span> surprises him with her beautiful smile.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>schon</strong></em></span> (<em>already</em>: this can also be a filler word and is not to be confused with schön)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Du bist <span style="color:#3366ff;">schon</span> da? Ich dachte, du kommst nicht bis später.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>You’re <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>already</strong></span> here? I thought you weren’t coming until later.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>wieder</strong></em></span> (<em>again</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Es ist schon <span style="color:#3366ff;">wieder</span> Weihnachten.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>It’s already Christmas <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>again</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_521" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-521 " title="Treffen weihnachtsmarkt" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/img_2442___by_fly_11e285d88b.jpg?w=180&#038;h=119" alt="" width="180" height="119" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Neulich traf er sie wieder auf dem Weihnachtsmarkt.</p></div>
<p>2. Adverbs of time in <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>category two</strong></em></span> are used to indicate when an activity begins and are particularly useful for introducing narratives. In fact you will often encounter these in literature.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>anfangs</strong></em></span> (<em>in the beginning</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Anfangs</span> ging alles gut.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">In the beginning</span></strong> everything went well.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>damals</strong></em></span> (<em>then, back then</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Damals</span> lebten sie noch getrennt.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Back then</span></strong> they didn’t live together.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>eines Abends</strong></em></span> (<em>one evening</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Eines Abends</span> besuchte er sie.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>One evening</strong></span> he visited her.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>eines Morgens</strong></em></span> (<em>one morning</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Eines Morgens</span>, als er aufstand, wusste er, dass er sie liebte.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>When he got up <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>one morning</strong></span>, he knew that he loved her.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>eines Tages</strong></em></span> (<em>one day</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Er schwor, dass er sie<span style="color:#ff6600;"> eines Tages</span> heiraten würde.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>He swore that he would marry her <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>one day</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>einst</strong></em></span> (<em>once (past); some day (future)</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Einst</span> liebte sie einen anderen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>She <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>once</strong></span> loved another.</em>)</li>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Einst</span> wird er bedauern, sich nicht anders entschieden zu haben.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>One day</strong></em></span>,<em> he’ll regret having not decided otherwise.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>neulich</strong></em></span> (<em>recently</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Neulich</span> traf er sie wieder auf dem Weihnachtsmarkt.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>He <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>recently</strong></span> met (bumped into) her at the Christmas market.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>vor kurzem</strong></em></span> (<em>recently</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Vor kurzem</span> hat sie an ihm gedacht.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>She thought about him <strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">recently</span></strong>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>zuerst</strong></em></span> (<em>first, at first</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Er sprach sie <span style="color:#ff6600;">zuerst</span> an</strong></em>.</li>
<li>(<em>He spoke to her <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>first</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>zunächst</strong></em></span> (<em>first, at first</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Zunächst</span> gingen sie einen Glühwein trinken.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>First</strong></span> they went and had a mulled wine.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_522" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-522 " title="moving in together" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/should-we-move-in-together.jpg?w=180&#038;h=120" alt="" width="180" height="120" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Bald darauf zogen sie zusammen ein.</p></div>
<p>3. Adverbs of time in the <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">third category</span></strong></em> are very useful for helping establish a sequence within a narrative. These are really good to use to make your narrative flow.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>auf einmal</strong></em></span> (<em>suddenly</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Auf einmal</span> kam ein alter Mann in den Laden.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>Suddenly an old man came into the shop.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>bald darauf</strong></em></span> (<em>soon, soon thereafter</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Bald darauf</span> zogen sie zusammen ein.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Soon thereafter</strong></span> they moved in together.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>bis dahin</strong></em></span> (<em>up until then; by then</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Bis dahin</span> hatten sie nur davon geträumt.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Up until then</strong></span> they had only dreamed about that.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span> (<em>then</em>; this can also be a filler word and or mean “because” and/or an adverb of place meaning “here/there”)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Da</span> lachte er.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Then</strong></span> he laughed.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>dann</strong></em></span> (<em>then</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Dann</span> gingen sie ins Kino.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Then</strong></span> they went to the cinema.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>danach</strong></em></span> (<em>after that</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sie nahm die Tabletten, und <span style="color:#339966;">danach</span> ging es ihr wieder besser.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>She took the pills, and <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>after that</strong></span> she felt better again.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>immer noch</strong></em></span> (<em>still</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wohnst du <span style="color:#339966;">immer noch</span> in der Schillerstrasse?</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>Do you <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>still</strong></span> live on Schiller Street?</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>inzwischen</strong></em></span> (<em>meanwhile</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich muss noch arbeiten, du kannst <span style="color:#339966;">inzwischen</span> essen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>I still have to work. You can eat in the <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>meantime</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>kurz darauf</strong></em></span> (<em>shortly after that</em>)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Kurz darauf</strong></em></span><em><strong> haben sie sich geheiratet.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Shortly after that</strong></span> they got married.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>mittlerweile</strong></em></span> (<em>meantime</em>)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Mittlerweile</strong></em></span><em><strong> ist es uns gelungen, das Rätsel zu lösen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>In the <strong><span style="color:#339966;">meantime</span></strong> we’ve been able to solve the puzzle.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>nachher</strong></em></span> (<em>afterwards</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich gehe <span style="color:#339966;">nachher</span> Geschenke kaufen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>I’m going to go buy presents <strong><span style="color:#339966;">afterwards</span></strong>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>plötzlich</strong></em></span> (<em>suddenly</em>)
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Plötzlich</strong></em></span><em><strong> küsste er sie.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>Suddenly he kissed her.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>später</strong></em></span> (<em>later</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Er soll <span style="color:#339966;">später</span> die Leitung der Firma übernehmen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>He should become the head of the company <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>later</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>unterdessen</strong></em></span> (<em>meanwhile</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Ich erledigte wichtige Korrespondenz. <span style="color:#339966;">Unterdessen</span> verwüstete meine kleine Tochter die gesamte Wohnung.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>I took care of important correspondences. In the <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>meantime</strong></span> my little daughter completely destroyed the entire flat.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>voher</strong></em></span> (<em>first, beforehand</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wenn ich das nur <span style="color:#339966;">vorher</span> gewusst hätte!</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>If I’d only known that <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>earlier</strong></span>!</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Here is an example of a small narrative using a few of these adverbs.</p>
<blockquote>
<h3>Der Mauerfall</h3>
<p><em><strong>Ich erfuhr davon im Fernsehen, und <span style="color:#339966;">kurz darauf</span> rief ich einen Freund in Berlin an. <span style="color:#339966;">Bis dahin</span>, sagte er, hatte er nur davon geträumt. Und dann <span style="color:#339966;">plötzlich</span> ist es zur Wirklichkeit geworden.</strong></em></p>
<h3>The fall of the Berlin Wall</h3>
<p><em>I heard about it on TV, and <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>shortly afterwards</strong></span> I called up a friend of mine in Berlin. <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Up until then</strong></span>, he said, he had only dreamed about about it. And then <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>suddenly</strong></span> it became a reality.</em></p></blockquote>
<div id="attachment_523" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 190px"><img class=" wp-image-523 " title="Oscars bedanken" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/12/img_16_9_680_2010-03-08t052229z-01-osc1066-rtrmdnp-3-oscars2084077613204407943.jpg?w=180&#038;h=101" alt="" width="180" height="101" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Zum Schluss möchte ich allen meinen fans bedanken.</p></div>
<p>4. Adverbs of time in the <em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">fourth category</span></strong></em> are often used to indicate the conclusion of an activity or narrative.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>am Ende</strong></em></span> (<em>finally, in the end, in conclusion</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Am Ende</span> gingen wir zufrieden ins Bett.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Finally</strong></span> we went contently to bed.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>endlich</strong></em></span> (<em>finally, at long last</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Der Film ist <span style="color:#ff0000;">endlich</span> fertig!</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>The film is <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>finally</strong></span> finished!</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>schliesslich</strong></em></span> (<em>finally, in the final analysis</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sie nahm ihre Jacke, die Tasche, den Koffer und <span style="color:#ff0000;">schliesslich</span> den Schirm.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>She took her jacket, the handbag, the suitcase and <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>finally</strong></span> the umbrella.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>seitdem</strong></em></span> (<em>(ever) since then, (ever) since that time</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Wir haben sie <span style="color:#ff0000;">seitdem</span> nicht mehr gesehen.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>We haven’t seen her <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>since then</strong></span>.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>seither</strong></em></span> (<em>(ever) since then, (ever) since that time</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Die Studie ist zehn Jahre alt, <span style="color:#ff0000;">seither</span> hat sich aber viel verändert.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>The study is ten years old, <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>since then</strong></span> a lot has changed.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>zuletzt</strong></em></span> (<em>at last, finally; last</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong>Sie war <span style="color:#ff0000;">zuletzt</span> vor fünf Jahren hier.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em>The <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>last time</strong></span> she was here was five years ago.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>zum Schluss</strong></em></span> (<em>finally, in the end, in conclusion</em>)
<ul>
<li><em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Zum Schluss</span> möchte ich allen meinen fans bedanken.</strong></em></li>
<li>(<em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">Finally</span></strong>, I’d like to thank all my fans.</em>)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h2>Exercise:</h2>
<p>Tell something about yourself and use the following adverbs:</p>
<ol>
<li><em>ab und zu</em></li>
<li><em>bisher (up until now)</em></li>
<li><em>stets (continually, always)</em></li>
<li><em>endlich</em></li>
<li><em>kürzlich</em></li>
<li><em>plötzlich</em></li>
<li><em>immer noch </em></li>
</ol>
<div>
<p><em>Practice your German temporal adverbs by following the link:</em></p>
<div style="background:#fff;padding:3px;"><a href="http://quizlet.com/8892852/familiarize/embed/?hideLinks"><br />
http://quizlet.com/8892852/familiarize/embed/?hideLinks<br />
</a><br />
Choose a Study ModeScatterLearnFlashcards</p>
<div style="float:left;font-size:11px;padding-top:2px;"><a style="float:left;margin:-2px 6px 0 2px;" href="http://quizlet.com/"><img title="Quizlet.com, home of free online educational games" src="http://quizlet.com/a/i/quizlet-embed-logo.T2WA.png" alt="Quizlet.com, home of free online educational games" border="0" /></a> <a href="http://quizlet.com/8892852/german-temporal-adverbs-flash-cards/">Study these flash cards</a> &#124; <a href="http://quizlet.com/subject/german/">Study german flash cards</a></div>
<div style="clear:both;"></div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
		<div id="geo-post-516" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395308</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510037</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Really?! You can say that? — German sentence structure]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/28/really-you-can-say-that-german-sentence-structure/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 28 Aug 2011 10:16:58 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/08/28/really-you-can-say-that-german-sentence-structure/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Tell any German speaker that you are learning German and you’re sure to here this phrase: “Deutsche]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tell any German speaker that you are learning German and you’re sure to here this phrase: “Deutsche Sprache — schwere Sprache”. There are many reasons why German comes off as more difficult than English. First there are the three genders, then there are the four cases and then of course the verbs. The most important thing to understand though is that they are all connected and make up the entire German language. Unfortunately, you cannot learn one part and forget the other. But the good news is that when you put it together its really a magnificent language that allows for much more wordplay and poetics than English. <!--more--></p>
<div id="attachment_371" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 161px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-371  " title="Swiss Life Poster 1" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/img370280.jpg?w=151&#038;h=216" width="151" height="216" /><p class="wp-caption-text">I never want to have children. Children are the most important thing to me.</p></div>
<p>The other week posters at the tram stops throughout Zurich caught my eye. I read them not wearing any glasses and thought: “That sentence makes no no sense whatsoever.” After seeing about four I finally got it. One part of the text is bold and serves as a common word or phrase that combines two sentences. The poster has two sentences and not one. The magic of German word order.</p>
<p>Let’s look at German word order in simple sentences — that is main clauses. In a previous post, I have already said that German speakers like to place time and the beginning of a sentence, which may explain their reputation as being such a punctual people. Truth is though, you can place any number of things in the first position of a sentence. What does that do? The element that gets placed first is essentially emphasized. Where some people may accuse you of poor word order is if they believe you are emphasizing the wrong element.</p>
<p>So what do we know about word order in English? Let’s take a look:</p>
<p><strong>Basic: </strong></p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-363" title="basic English Sentence structure" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-37-49.png?w=615&#038;h=96" width="615" height="96" /></p>
<p><strong>Detailed:</strong></p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-364" title="detailed English sentence structure" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-38-05.png?w=615&#038;h=109" width="615" height="109" /></p>
<p>**As you can see we don’t need to fill in every position in a sentence. But we must remember that those elements have a position if we use them.</p>
<p>Now let’s look at German:</p>
<p>Where as English, Spanish and French are a <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Place</strong></em></span> + <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Manner</strong></em></span> + <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Time</strong></em></span> language, German, like Japanese, is a <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">Time</span></strong></em> + <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Manner</strong></em></span> + <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Place</strong></em></span> language in standard form.</p>
<p><strong>English</strong>: <em>Peter’s going</em> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>to Zurich</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>with the train</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>tomorrow</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p><strong>German</strong>: <em>Peter fährt</em> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>morgen</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>mit der Bahn</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>nach Zürich</strong></em></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li>Literally: Peter drives tomorrow with the train to Zurich.</li>
</ul>
<p>Let&#8217;s look at some variations of the sentence: &#8220;I&#8217;ll give you the article in the office tomorrow.&#8221;</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-365" title="German sentence structure chart" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-38-28.png?w=615&#038;h=192" width="615" height="192" /></p>
<h5> *We can also place the direct object after the time and place. Ex. Ich geben dir morgen im Büro den Artikel.</h5>
<p>Notice here that we have five variations of the same sentence. If you add manner you can have six, though few sentences will contain all six elements. That said standard sentence structure in German would favour the two highlighted in yellow — Subject or Time first.</p>
<p>Notice that the cases <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>dir</strong></em></span> (<em><strong>dative</strong></em>) and <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>den Artikel</strong></em></span> (<em><strong>accusative</strong></em>) tell us that they are not the subject of the sentence, but the indirect object or the direct object. Because we can clearly indicate case in German we have more flexibility in sentence structure and we can emphasize elements by placing them at the start of the sentence.</p>
<p>Let’s look at another example. It was this example that really helped solidify the notion for me because most people interpret the second variation incorrectly.</p>
<p><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2013-04-02-at-10-49-59.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1871" alt="German sentence structure" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2013-04-02-at-10-49-59.png?w=611&#038;h=123" width="611" height="123" /></a></p>
<h5>Literally: The man shoots the dog with the gun.</h5>
<p>In the second variation we see that <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>den Hund</strong></em></span> is in the <em><strong>accusative</strong></em> and can therefore not be doing the verb. Therefore, <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>der Mann</strong></em></span> (<em><strong>nominative</strong></em>) is still the one doing the shooting and not the dog.</p>
<p>Another thing to remember is that the <span style="color:#808000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> must always agree with the subject. Therefore, the way the verb is conjugated can help to tell us what the subject is. For instance:</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-367" title="subject verb agreement in German " alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-55-20.png?w=615&#038;h=177" width="615" height="177" />In the first two sentences it is difficult to tell which is the subject and the direct object because both words are singular and neutral. When you read a sentence like this, revert to real world logic to decipher the meaning. If you are writing a sentence where this happens the subject or time should come first (in yellow below).</p>
<p>The second two sentences both work, because <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>die Mädchen</strong></em></span> is plural and the <span style="color:#808000;"><em><strong>geben</strong></em></span> is conjugated for a plural subject.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-368" title="other variations of confusing subject object sentences" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-38-55.png?w=615&#038;h=191" width="615" height="191" /></p>
<p>It is really important to remember that the <span style="color:#808000;"><em><strong>verb</strong></em></span> is always in the <em><strong>second position</strong></em>! The second position<span style="text-decoration:underline;"> does not mean the second word</span>, but the second grammatical position. When we say<span style="color:#3366ff;"> <em><strong>In der Schule</strong></em></span> that is all one position (<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>place</strong></em></span>). The <em><strong>subject</strong></em> must always be situated directly before or directly after the verb in a simple sentence.</p>
<p>What do we do when there are two verbs or verb parts? The second verb or verb part closes off the sentence and gets placed at the end.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-369" title="verbs in simple german sentences" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-11-39-05.png?w=615&#038;h=165" width="615" height="165" /></p>
<h2>Steps to better sentence composition:</h2>
<ol>
<li>Practice composing (speaking) in standard sentence structure with the subject first.</li>
<li>Once you feel confident, start putting time first where it makes sense to be clear about the time.</li>
<li>And then move to writing sentences with other elements at the start.</li>
<li>Always remember the verb belongs in the second position</li>
<li>The subject must touch the verb (either before or after).</li>
</ol>
<div>
<div id="attachment_376" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 619px"><img class="size-full wp-image-376" title="Swiss Life posters" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/08/screen-shot-2011-08-28-at-12-13-44.png?w=609&#038;h=547" width="609" height="547" /><p class="wp-caption-text">What part(s) of the sentence are the words in bold serving?</p></div>
</div>
		<div id="geo-post-362" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395308</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510037</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Because there are three words for expressing because in German (denn, weil, da)]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/24/because-there-are-three-words-for-expressing-because-in-german/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 24 Jul 2011 13:52:03 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/24/because-there-are-three-words-for-expressing-because-in-german/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Early on in anyone’s German career they will encounter coordinating conjunctions — that is simple jo]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Early on in anyone’s German career they will encounter coordinating conjunctions — that is simple joining words that link together two independent clauses. Brilliant! Almost no grammar needed here. Get rid of the full stop and put in your conjunction to link two sentences. The only thing you need to remember is the logic of the sentences that you’re combining. Are the ideas related enough to justify linking them with <em><strong>und</strong></em> (and) or is the second clause really an alternative to the first and therefore needs to use <em><strong>aber</strong></em> (but). And then comes <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> (because).<!--more--></p>
<p>The thing that confuses many German learners is that they are taught <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> early on but they mostly hear and read this other word — <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> — for <em><strong>because</strong></em>. Two words with the same logical linking task and with the same English meaning. &#8220;Why?&#8221; you ask yourself are there two words and how are they different? Before we get stated I’m just going to throw one more word into the mix, because it can also mean because — <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span>. There we have it, three words for <em><strong>because</strong></em>. Before you bang your head on your desk or laptop keyboard with frustration read on and discover how to use these conjunctions correctly.</p>
<p>We use <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> as a way of providing a reason for the action or claim of the first clause. Let’s look at how we put this together.</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<div id="attachment_299" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-299" title="es geht ihm schlecht" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/es-geht-ihm-schlecht.jpg?w=300&#038;h=152" alt="" width="300" height="152" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Es geht ihm schlecht, denn er hat gestern Abend zu viel getrunken.</p></div>
<p>Phil <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es schlecht. Er <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">hat</span></strong></em> gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Phil isn’t doing too well. He drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Phil <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es schlecht<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> er <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Phil isn’t doing too well, because he drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Warum <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es Phil schlecht? — <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Denn</strong></em></span> er <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span> gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Why isn’t Phil doing too well? — Because he drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>All that is happening here is that two independent clauses are being brought together and written as one. There is absolutely no need to change the word order in the clauses. We should also note at this point that conjunctions do not count as grammatical places. You can reverse test your use of a coordinating conjunction by replacing it with a full stop (period). Do the two sentences make sentence? Are they two independent clauses — two complete ideas? If yes, then you’ve used the coordinating conjunction correctly.</p>
<p>So why is it that there are two other words for because in German? The subordinating conjunctions <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span> allow us to do something called inversion. But let’s take a look at how we can use <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<div id="attachment_300" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 307px"><img class="size-full wp-image-300" title="Alan" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/alan.jpg?w=297&#038;h=223" alt="" width="297" height="223" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Es geht Alan schlecht, weil er gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken hat.</p></div>
<p>Alan <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es schlecht. Er <em><strong><span style="color:#339966;">hat</span></strong></em> gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Alan isn’t doing too well. He drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Alan <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es schlecht<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> er gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Alan isn’t doing too well, because he drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Weil</strong></em></span> Alan gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es ihm schlecht.</p>
<ul>
<li>Because Alan drank too much beer last night, he isn’t doing too well.</li>
</ul>
<p>Alan <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es schlecht<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span> er gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Alan isn’t doing too well, because he drank too much beer last night.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Da</strong></em></span> Alan gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>geht</strong></em></span> es ihm schlecht.</p>
<ul>
<li>Because Alan drank too much beer last night, he isn’t doing too well.</li>
</ul>
<div>A quick note on <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span>. <span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Da</strong></em></span> is less formal than <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> and used more in spoken than in writing. However, both are correct.</div>
<p>A subordinating clause cannot stand on its own. It is not a complete idea (<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> er gestern Abend zu viel Bier getrunken <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hat</strong></em></span>). It leaves the reader or listening asking the question “And&#8230; What’s your point?” In German the conjugated verb comes at the end of the subordinating clause. Because of this we can move the subordinating clause to the start of a sentence. When we do this, the entire subordinate clause is considered to be the<em> grammatical position 1</em>. This means that after the comma (<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span>) we need to start the next clause with the conjugated verb.</p>
<div id="attachment_295" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 574px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/screen-shot-2011-07-24-at-15-18-19.png"><img class="size-full wp-image-295" title="standard sentence structure" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/screen-shot-2011-07-24-at-15-18-19.png?w=564&#038;h=212" alt="" width="564" height="212" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Standard sentence structure</p></div>
<div id="attachment_293" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 574px"><img class="size-full wp-image-293" title="Inversion" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/screen-shot-2011-07-24-at-14-52-47.png?w=564&#038;h=175" alt="" width="564" height="175" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Inversion</p></div>
<p><span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>Da</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> are used in the same way in German, though most dictionaries will provide the following meanings:</p>
<p><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> &#8211; because<br />
<span style="color:#800080;"><em><strong>da</strong></em></span> &#8211; since (not as a time reference)<br />
<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> &#8211; for / because</p>
<p>However, in German usage we do not differentiate any special meaning. What is important is the positioning of the verbs. Also we cannot invert <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> sentences. <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Denn</strong></em></span> can be used at the start of a sentence when it is an answer to a question started with <span style="color:#003366;"><em><strong>warum</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#000080;"><em><strong>wieso</strong></em></span>, or <span style="color:#333399;"><em><strong>weshalb</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p>Now some of you are probably very keen listeners when people are speaking to you in German. You pay attention to sentence structure and verb placement and you know without a doubt that you have heard German native speakers using <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> like <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<p>Ich <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>bin</strong></em></span> heute spät<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> ich <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>habe</strong></em></span> meinen Zug verpasst.</p>
<p>Wir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>können</strong></em></span> am Freitag nicht mit ins Kino<span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>,</strong></em></span> <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> wir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>haben</strong></em></span> schon Pläne.</p>
<p>Alarm bells should be ringing. Yes, these sentences are <em><strong>grammatically wrong</strong></em>. However, as it is becoming increasingly difficult for people to keep track of what they are thinking and what they want to be saying it has become common for even native speakers to make this mistake.</p>
<p>An argument can be made for its correctness in a case where there is a long pause after <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span>. The pause after the <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> supposedly means &#8220;<em><strong>Folgendes der Fall ist:</strong></em>” (the following is the case:).</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<p>Wir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>kamen</strong></em></span> erst um zehn Uhr, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> – der Zug <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hatte</strong></em></span> Verspätung.</p>
<p>Wir <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>kamen</strong></em></span> erst um zehn Uhr, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> <em><strong>Folgendes der Fall ist</strong></em>: Der Zug <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>hatte</strong></em></span> Verspätung.</p>
<p>Though we can argue for <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> being followed by an independent clause, it is easier to learn how to use <span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denn</strong></em></span> and <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>weil</strong></em></span> correctly and avoid Grammar arguments.</p>
<h3>Exercises:</h3>
<h4>Combine these two clauses into one. Pay attention to reasoning and causality for potential inversion. Keep the clause order the same.</h4>
<p>1. Sie sieht nicht gut aus. Sie ist ganz bleich im Gesicht.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>2. Der Zug kommt circa 10 Minuten spät an. Es gab einen Unfall.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>3. Du hast immer Kopfschmerzen. Du sollst zum Arzt gehen.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>4. Der VW kostet 30’000 Franken. Er ist voll ausgestattet.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>5. Es regnet heute. Wir bleiben zu Hause.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>6. Wir müssen früh losfahren. Am Gotthard gibt es viel Stau.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>7. Alex hat viel gelernt und trainiert. Er spricht heute sehr gutes Deutsch.</p>
<p>________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<h3>Answers:</h3>
<h6>1. Sie sieht nicht gut aus, <em><strong>denn</strong></em> sie ist ganz bleich im Gesicht. / Sie sieht nicht gut aus, <em><strong>weil/da</strong></em> sie ganz bleich im Gesicht ist.</h6>
<h6>2. Der Zug kommt circa 10 Minuten spät an, <em><strong>denn</strong></em> es gab einen Unfall. / Der Zug kommt circa 10 Minuten spät an, <em><strong>weil/da</strong></em> es einen Unfall gab.</h6>
<h6>3.<em><strong> Weil/Da</strong></em> du immer Kopfschmerzen hast, sollst du zum Arzt gehen.</h6>
<h6>4. Der VW kostest 30&#8217;000 Franken, <em><strong>denn</strong></em> er ist voll ausgestattet. / Der VW kostest 30&#8217;000 Franken, <em><strong>weil/da</strong></em> er voll ausgestattet ist.</h6>
<h6>5. <em><strong>Weil/Da</strong></em> es heute regnet, bleiben wir zu Hause.</h6>
<h6>6. Wir müssen früh losfahren, denn am Gotthard gibt es viel Stau. / Wir müssen früh losfahren, <em><strong>weil/da</strong></em> am Gotthard es viel Stau gibt.</h6>
<h6>7. <em><strong>Weil/Da</strong></em> Alex viel gelernt und trainert hat, spricht er heute sehr gutes Deutsch.</h6>
<h6></h6>
		<div id="geo-post-292" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395308</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510037</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Wozu diese Wo-Komposita?]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/11/wozu-diese-zu-komposita/</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 11 Jul 2011 20:48:50 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/07/11/wozu-diese-zu-komposita/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Last week we talked about “da-compounds”. This week we’re looking at their cousins the “wo-compounds]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Last week we talked about “da-compounds”. This week we’re looking at their cousins the “wo-compounds”. Wo-compounds are used in questions when asking about the object of the preposition (&#8216;for what&#8217;, &#8216;about what&#8217;, etc.). <!--more-->In these compounds &#8220;wo&#8221; does not mean &#8220;where&#8221; as you&#8217;ve probably learned, but instead, &#8220;what&#8221;. Wo-compounds follow the same rules as da-compounds, in particular the difference between people and things. When the object of the preposition is a thing, we must use a wo-compound when asking a question about it. For example:</p>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Womit </em></strong></span>rasierst du dich?</p>
<div id="attachment_278" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-278 " title="braun" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/braun390cc-1.jpg?w=240&#038;h=240" alt="" width="240" height="240" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Womit rasierst du dich?</p></div>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>What</strong></span> do you shave yourself <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>with</strong></span>?</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich rasiere mich <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong><em>mit dem Rasierapparat</em></strong></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I shave myself <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong>with the electric razor</strong></span></em>.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Worüber</em></strong></span> sprichst du?</p>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>What</strong></span> are you talking <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>about</strong></span>?</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich spreche <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong><em>über das Buch</em></strong></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I&#8217;m talking <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong>about the book</strong></span>. </em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>Worauf</em></strong></span> freust du dich?</p>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>What</strong></span> are you looking forward <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>to</strong></span>?</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich freue mich <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong><em>auf das Wochenende</em></strong></span>.</p>
<div id="attachment_279" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-279 " title="wochenende" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/wochenende.jpg?w=240&#038;h=168" alt="" width="240" height="168" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Worauf freust du dich?</p></div>
<ul>
<li><em>I&#8217;m looking <span style="color:#ff9900;"><span style="color:#333333;">forward</span><strong> to the weekend</strong></span></em>.</li>
</ul>
<div><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>Womit </strong></em></span>hast du den Flecken rausgekriegt?</p>
<ul>
<li><em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>What</strong></span> did you get rid of the stains <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>with</strong></span>?</em></li>
</ul>
<div>Ich habe den Flecken <span style="color:#ff9900;"><em><strong>mit</strong></em> <em><strong>Javel-Wasser</strong></em></span> rausgekriegt.</div>
<div>
<ul>
<li>I got rid of the stains <span style="color:#ff9900;"><em><strong>with Javel</strong></em></span>.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<p>Note that the German wo-compound corresponds to two English words, &#8216;what&#8217; at the beginning of the sentence and the preposition &#8216;with/about/to&#8217; at the end.</p>
<p>Also note the -r- added when the preposition begins with a vowel.</p>
<p>Like the da-compounds, German differentiates between people and things when using wo-compounds. When asking about a person, German uses forms of the who-word, wer: these are wen (accusative) and wem (dative).</p>
<p><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>Auf wen </em></strong></span>wartest du?</p>
<div id="attachment_280" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-280 " title="warten" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/07/warten.jpg?w=240&#038;h=157" alt="" width="240" height="157" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Auf wen wartet Kermit?</p></div>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Who</strong></em></span> are you waiting <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>for</strong></em></span>?</li>
</ul>
<p>Ich warte <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>auf Karl</em></strong></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I&#8217;m waiting <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>for Karl</strong></span>.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>Mit wem</em></strong></span> fährst du nach Luzern?</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>Who</strong></em></span> are you driving to Lucerne <span style="color:#339966;"><em><strong>with</strong></em></span>?</li>
</ul>
<p>Ich fahre <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>mit meinem Freund</em></strong></span>.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I&#8217;m going <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>with my friend</strong></span>.</em></li>
</ul>
<div>
<h3>Exercises</h3>
<p>Write the question to the answer given using a wo-compound. You&#8217;re asking for the bold word.</p>
<p>1. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Ich habe nur 100 Franken für <strong><em>diese Schuhe</em></strong> bezahlt.</p>
<p>2. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Wir fangen mit <strong><em>unserer Arbeit</em></strong> an.</p>
<p>3. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Regula und Peter ärgern sich über <strong><em>das Wetter</em></strong>.</p>
<p>4. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Du arbeitest sehr fleissig auf <strong><em>das neue Projekt</em></strong>.</p>
<p>5. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Diana erinnert sich an <strong><em>deinen Geburtstag</em></strong>.</p>
<p>6. ____________________________________________________________________________________</p>
<p>Nina Ruge hat keine mehr Angst vor <strong><em>Spinnen</em></strong>.</p>
<p>If you like our blog posts, like our <em><strong><a href="http://www.facebook.com/marathonsprachen" target="_blank">Facebook</a></strong></em> page, to stay in the loop and get more information. If you have a question, post it on our wall or send us an e-mail and we&#8217;ll try to answer it in the next blog post. Our next blog post will be on wo-compounds.</p>
</div>
		<div id="geo-post-274" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395308</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510037</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[It's all relative: Relativsätze]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/06/13/its-all-relative-relativsatze/</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2011 13:35:19 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/06/13/its-all-relative-relativsatze/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When you first started learning German your teacher probably tried to hammer genders into you. That]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When you first started learning German your teacher probably tried to hammer genders into you. That is that you need to learn all your new nouns with their gender (der, die, das). If you’ve been good, you’ve been doing exactly that. But now you’re starting to read newspapers and other things, you may have noticed that there seems to be an excess of <strong><em>der</em></strong>, <strong><em>die</em></strong>, <strong><em>das</em></strong> and their case cousins. Are German’s just not careful when they type and double up the their articles?<!--more--></p>
<p>If you’ve had those doubts, I can tell you with some certainty, that though mistakes do happen, even in German, these are usually not mistakes, but you’ve probably stumbled upon a relative clause. That’s right in German <strong><em>der</em></strong>, <strong><em>die</em></strong>, <strong><em>das</em></strong> and the like can also be used to mean <strong><em>who</em></strong>, <strong><em>whom</em></strong>, <strong><em>that</em></strong>, <strong><em>which</em></strong> and <strong><em>whose</em></strong>.</p>
<p>What is a relative clause?</p>
<ul>
<li>a clause added on to a main clause (Hauptsatz);</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">Er ist der Mann, <strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">der das Buch geschrieben hat</span>.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left:60px;"><em>He is the man </em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>who wrote the book</em></strong></span><em>.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>provides additional information about something mentioned in the main clause without having to repeat the noun that it refers to;</li>
<li>is introduced by a relative pronoun (Relativpronomen)</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">Er ist der Mann, <em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>der </strong></span></em>das Buch geschrieben hat.</p>
<p style="padding-left:60px;"><em>He is the man </em><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong><em>who </em></strong></span><em>wrote the book. </em></p>
<p>  What is a relative pronoun?</p>
<ul>
<li>links two clauses (a main clause and a relative clause) into a single complex clause</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;"> [Er ist der Mann (<em>main clause</em>)] [<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>der </strong></em></span>das Buch geschrieben hat (<em>relativ clause</em>)].</p>
<ul>
<li> refers back to a noun mentioned in the main clause</li>
</ul>
<p>For the most part German relative pronouns are the same as the <strong><em>definite articles</em></strong> “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>der</strong></em></span>”, “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>die</strong></em></span>”, “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>das</strong></em></span>”. The only exceptions are the dative plural, which takes the form “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>denen</strong></em></span>” and the genitives.</p>
<p><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-243" title="Relative Pronouns Chart" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/screen-shot-2011-06-13-at-13-19-27.png?w=646&#038;h=190" alt="" width="646" height="190" /></p>
<p>Notice that German doesn’t differentiate between relative pronouns for people (who) and objects (that, which).</p>
<p>Okay now we need to figure out which pronoun to use. As always we need to take three things into consideration: 1. <span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>Gender</em></strong></span>, 2. <span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong><em>Number</em></strong></span>, 3. <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Case</strong></em></span></p>
<p>Here are four simple steps:</p>
<div id="attachment_246" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 154px"><img class=" wp-image-246  " title="Autohändler" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/dealership.jpg?w=144&#038;h=108" alt="" width="144" height="108" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Ist das der Wagen, den du kaufen willst?</p></div>
<ol>
<li><strong><em>Find the antecedent</em></strong> (the word that you want to replace with the relative pronoun)</li>
<li><span style="color:#339966;"><strong><em>Determine the gender of the antecedent</em></strong></span></li>
<li><span style="color:#ff9900;"><strong><em>Determine the number of the antecedent</em></strong></span></li>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Which function will the relative pronoun have in the relative clause?</strong></em></span>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#003366;"><strong><em>Subject</em></strong></span> (Nominative)</li>
<li><span style="color:#008080;"><strong><em>Direct Object</em></strong></span> (Accusative)</li>
<li><span style="color:#33cccc;"><strong><em>Indirect Object</em></strong></span> (Dative)</li>
<li><span style="color:#00ccff;"><strong><em>Possessive</em></strong></span> (Genitive), in English: whose</li>
<li><span style="color:#99ccff;"><strong><em>Object of a Preposition</em></strong></span> (Accusative or Dative)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Examples:</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_245" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 129px"><img class=" wp-image-245  " title="Hesse" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/author.jpg?w=119&#038;h=119" alt="" width="119" height="119" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Das ist der Mann, der das Buch geschrieben hat.</p></div>
<ul>
<li>Das ist der Mann. <span style="color:#003366;"><strong><em>Der Mann</em></strong></span> hat ein Buch geschieben.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">(S: NOM)</p>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">Das ist <strong><em>der Mann</em></strong>, <span style="color:#003366;"><strong><em>der</em></strong></span> ein Buch geschieben hat. → relative pronoun = subject of the subordinate clause</p>
<ul>
<li> Das ist der Freund. Ich habe <span style="color:#33cccc;"><strong><em>der Freundin</em></strong></span> das Buch gekauft.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">(IO: DAT)</p>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">Das ist <strong><em>die Freundin</em></strong>, <span style="color:#33cccc;"><strong><em>der</em></strong></span> ich das Buch gekauft habe. → relative pronoun = indirect object of the subordinate clause</p>
<ul>
<li> Ist das der Wagen? Willst du <span style="color:#008080;"><strong><em>den Wagen</em></strong></span> kaufen?</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">(DO:AKK)</p>
<p style="padding-left:60px;">Ist das <strong><em>der Wagen</em></strong>, <span style="color:#008080;"><strong><em>den</em></strong></span> du kaufen willst? → relative pronoun = direct object of the subordinate clause</p>
<p>Relative pronouns can also be placed after a preposition. When they are placed here, they are the object of the preposition. The preposition will therefore determine the case.</p>
<p><em>Akkusativpräpositionen: durch, für, gegen, ohne, um</em></p>
<div id="attachment_247" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 168px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/will_durst_pointing_at_ivory-full-width.jpg"><img class=" wp-image-247   " title="Pointing at friend" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/will_durst_pointing_at_ivory-full-width.jpg?w=158&#038;h=113" alt="" width="158" height="113" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Das ist die Freundin, der ich das Buch geschenkt habe.</p></div>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Das ist der Mann, <em><strong>für</strong></em> <span style="color:#008080;"><strong><em>den</em></strong></span> das Geschenk ist.</p>
<p><em>Dativpräpositionen: aus, außer, bei, mit, nach, seit, von, zu</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Das ist das Buch, <strong><em>von</em></strong> <span style="color:#33cccc;"><strong><em>dem</em></strong></span> ich dir erzählt habe.</p>
<p><em>Wechselpräpositionen: an, auf, hinter, in, neben, über, unter, vor, zwischen</em></p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Das ist das Haus, <strong><em>in</em></strong> <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>das</strong></em></span> ich einziehe. (destination)</p>
<p style="padding-left:30px;">Das ist das Haus, <strong><em>in</em></strong> <span style="color:#33cccc;"><em><strong>dem</strong></em></span> ich wohne. (location)</p>
<h3>Here are some notes on word order:</h3>
<ul>
<li>The relative clause is always preceded by a comma.</li>
<li>If the relative clause ends the sentence, then it ends with a period.</li>
<li>If it gets stuck in the middle of the sentence then it is set off with commas on both sides
<ul>
<li><em>Die Leute, </em><strong><em>die</em></strong><em> hierher gekommen sind, waren meine Freunde.<br />
</em></li>
<li><em>The people who came here were my friends</em></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>The finite (conjugated) verb comes at the end of the relative clause.</li>
<li>Separable prefix verbs are reunited and written as one word (e.g. &#8220;Ich habe einen Freund, der um 8 Uhr aufsteht.&#8221;)</li>
<li>In English, we often leave out the relative pronoun “that” (&#8220;The film [that] I saw last night was bad&#8221;). In German, you cannot omit the relative pronoun from a sentence.</li>
<li>You cannot separate the relative pronoun from any preposition that goes with it. In English, we say &#8220;The man who I&#8217;m talking to is over there&#8221;. In German, that has to be &#8220;Der Mann, mit dem ich spreche, ist dort.&#8221;</li>
<li>The relative clause wants to be as close to the noun it is describing as possible. However, this isn&#8217;t a strict rule.</li>
</ul>
<h3>Now you try:</h3>
<ol>
<li>Ist das der Mann, ________ du zu deiner Party eingeladen hast?</li>
<li>Wie heißt eigentlich das Restaurant, in ________ man so gut bedient wird?</li>
<li>Aus welchem Land kommt eigentlich die Studentin, ________ das Studium so schnell beendet hat?</li>
<li>Kennst du die hübsche Frau, mit ________ sich Michael schon seit Stunden unterhält?</li>
<li>Warum müssen die Aufgaben, ________ uns unser Lehrer stellt, immer so schwierig sein?</li>
<li>Hast du auch den Wagen gesehen, ________ so schnell um die Kurve gefahren ist?</li>
<li>Franz, ________ in seiner Jugend in Claudia verliebt war, hat vor kurzem einen Jennifer verheiratet.</li>
<li>Der Patient, ________ man gestern Nachmittag operiert hat, ist heute Morgen verstorben.</li>
<li>Die Fotos, ________ der Fotograf im Krisengebiet gemacht hatte, erhielten einen Preis.</li>
<li>Beates Auto, mit ________ wir nach Frankreich gefahren sind, ist gestern gestohlen worden.</li>
<li>Wer hat den Schlüssel weggenommen, ________ hier immer gelegen hat?</li>
<li>Herr Müller, ________ wir eben gratuliert haben, wird 80 Jahre alt.</li>
<li>Ich fahre morgen zu meinem Bruder, ________ schon lange in Hamburg wohnt.</li>
<li>Die Touristin, ________ Ausweis nicht zu finden war, konnte nicht über die Grenze fahren.</li>
<li>Die Gäste, ________ das Essen nicht schmeckte, suchten sich ein anderes Hotel.</li>
<li>Frau Müller, ________ auch dieses Haus gehört, ist unsere Nachbarin.</li>
<li>Kennst du die Leute, ________ da vor der Tür stehen?</li>
<li>Kennst du die Kinder, ________ dieser Ball gehört?</li>
<li>Der Herr, ________ Auto im Graben lag, musste eine Werkstatt anrufen.</li>
<li>Der Arzt, ________ seine Patienten schlecht behandelte, musste sich eine neue Arbeit suchen.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Answers:</strong></p>
<h5>den, dem, die, der, die, der, der, den, die, dem, der, dem, der, deren, denen, der, die, denen, dessen, der</h5>
<p><!-- Facebook Badge END --></p>
		<div id="geo-post-240" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.365712</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.507391</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[When to use wenn, wann and als]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/05/01/when-to-use-wenn-wann-and-als/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 01 May 2011 09:09:58 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/05/01/when-to-use-wenn-wann-and-als/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[Last week we discussed when we use the conjunctions “wenn” and “ob” in their meaning of “if”. In the]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/04/24/wenn-or-ob-%e2%80%94-if-only-there-were-simpler-to-understand/" target="_blank">Last week</a> we discussed when we use the conjunctions “wenn” and “ob” in their meaning of “if”. In the introduction to the post we also saw that “wenn” can also mean “when”. This is another place where German presents some difficulty.</p>
<p>In German there are three words for the English “when”: <span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>, <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>als</em></strong></span>, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>wann</strong></em></span>. And while all three can mean “when”, they are used in different situations. Let’s take a look at these three words and when we use them.<!--more--></p>
<p><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Als</strong></em></span>:</p>
<div id="attachment_200" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-200 " title="regen" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/regen.jpg?w=240&#038;h=160" alt="" width="240" height="160" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Als wir gestern losgingen, regnete es.</p></div>
<p>A single event in the past.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Als</strong></em></span>wir gestern losgingen, regnete es.
<ul>
<li>When we left yesterday it was raining.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>An ended duration of time from the past.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Als</strong></em></span>ich bei PwC gearbeitet habe, musste ich früh aufstehen.
<ul>
<li>When I worked at PwC I had to get up early.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>*When we use “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span>” we also often use the simple past (präteritum).</p>
<p>**When “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span>” is used as “when” the verbs must be in the past tense.</p>
<p>***We often use “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>als</strong></em></span>” with the following words and phrases: plötzlich, gestern, letzte Woche, letztes Jahr, ich Kind war</p>
<p><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span>: <a href="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/13/De-at-wenn.ogg" target="_blank">[vɛn]</a></p>
<div id="attachment_201" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-201 " title="sbb" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/sbb.jpg?w=240&#038;h=174" alt="" width="240" height="174" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Wenn ich nach Bern fahre, fahre ich mit dem Zug.</p></div>
<p>A repeated event in the past.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span>ich meine Grossmutter besucht habe, hat sie sich immer gefreut.
<ul>
<li>When I’d visit my grandmother, she was always happy.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Present events.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span>ich nach Bern fahre, fahre ich mit dem Zug.
<ul>
<li>When I go to Bern I take the train.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Future events.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span>ich gross bin, werde ich Professor.
<ul>
<li>When I grow up I’ll become a professor.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>*When we use “wenn” for a repeated past event it can also be translated with “whenever”.</p>
<p>**We often use “wenn” with the following words and phrases: immer, jedes Mal</p>
<p><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>Wann</strong></em></span>: <a href="http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/96/De-Wann.OGG" target="_blank">[van]</a></p>
<div id="attachment_202" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-202 " title="Zurich" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/05/zurich.jpg?w=240&#038;h=178" alt="" width="240" height="178" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Wann bist du nach Zürich gekommen?</p></div>
<p>Direct questions.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>Wann</strong></em></span>bist du nach Zürich gekommen?
<ul>
<li>When did you come to Zurich?</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Indirect questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wisst ihr, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>wann</strong></em></span>der Zug ankommt?
<ul>
<li>Do you know when the train will arrive?</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Answers to indirect questions.</p>
<ul>
<li>Wir haben keine Ahnung, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>wann</strong></em></span>der Zug ankommt.
<ul>
<li>We have no idea when the train will arrive.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Let’s see how well you understand. Try to complete these sentences:</p>
<ol>
<li> Immer __________ es schneite, kamen die Züge mit Verspätung an.</li>
<li>__________ Sie in den Urlaub fahren können, hängt von den Betriebsferien der Firma ab.</li>
<li>__________ er ein kleiner Junge war, musste er in die Schule gehen.</li>
<li>__________ das Kind krank ist, liest ihm die Mutter etwas vor.</li>
<li>__________ wir Zeit haben, kommen wir gern.</li>
<li>Waren Sie dabei, __________ die Bank überfallen wurde?</li>
<li>Es hängt vom Wetter ab, __________ wir diese Gebirgswanderung machen.</li>
<li>Sie überlegten lange, __________ sie den Besuch machen sollten.</li>
<li>__________ er nach Hause kam, hatte seine Frau das Essen schon fertig.</li>
<li>Weißt du, __________ das Flugzeug landet?</li>
<li>Die Frau bekam einen Schreck, __________ plötzlich ein fremder Mann in Ihrer Wohnung stand.</li>
<li>__________ die Nachfrage groß ist, werden die Preise niedriger.</li>
</ol>
<p>Answers:</p>
<h5>wenn, wenn, als, wenn, wenn, als, wenn, wenn, als, wann, als, wenn</h5>
		<div id="geo-post-198" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.365712</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.507391</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[wenn or ob — if only they were simpler to understand]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/04/24/wenn-or-ob-if-only-there-were-simpler-to-understand/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 24 Apr 2011 07:27:32 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/04/24/wenn-or-ob-if-only-there-were-simpler-to-understand/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[When a language presents two different words used in two different yet similar cases where your firs]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When a language presents two different words used in two different yet similar cases where your first language uses just one word, it becomes a little tricky. In German the conditional words “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” and “<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” pose a problem for many English speakers. This is true especially because “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” sounds like the English word “when”, which is one of the meanings. But they also both mean “<em><strong>if</strong></em>”.<!--more--></p>
<p>We use “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” in conditional sentences. It helps to think of “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” as meaning “<em><strong><span style="color:#3366ff;">if / in case</span></strong></em>”.</p>
<p>EX.</p>
<div id="attachment_192" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 181px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-192 " title="am Strand" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/img_4041.jpg?w=171&#038;h=240" alt="" width="171" height="240" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Wenn das Wetter schön ist, fahren wir an den Strand.</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em>Wenn</em></span></strong> sie nicht bald kommt, beginnen wir den Unterricht ohne sie.</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>If</strong></em></span> <em>she doesn’t arrive soon, we’ll start the lesson without her.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Wenn</strong></em></span> es morgen nicht regnet, fahren wir an den Strand.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><em><span style="color:#3366ff;">If</span></em></strong> <em>it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we’ll go to the beach.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Du kannst deine Freundin mitbringen, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span> du möchtest.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>You can bring your girlfriend <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>if</strong></span> you like.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich kaufe mir ein grosses Haus am Zürichsee, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span> ich im Lotto gewinne.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I’ll buy a big house on Lake Zurich <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>if</strong></span> I win the lottery.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>We use “<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” differently from “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>”. If you think of “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” meaning “<span style="color:#3366ff;"><em><strong>if / in case</strong></em></span>”, it helps to  think of “<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” meaning “<em><strong><span style="color:#ff0000;">if / whether</span></strong></em>”. We use “<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” for conditional indirect questions that have a yes/no answer. <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>Ob</strong></em></span> rarely starts a sentence, but occurs most frequently in the second part of the sentence.</p>
<p>EX.</p>
<div id="attachment_193" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-193 " title="Business meeting" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/job-interview-appointment.jpg?w=240&#038;h=159" alt="" width="240" height="159" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Er weisst nicht, ob er den neuen Job bekommt.</p></div>
<p>Weisst du, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> Maximilian morgen kommt?</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Do you know <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>if</strong></span> Maximilian is coming tomorrow?</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Kannst du mir sagen, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> wir Hausaufgaben haben?</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Can you tell me <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>whether</strong></span> we have homework?</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Stefan ist nicht sicher, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> er den Job bekommen wird.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Stefan is not sure <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>whether</strong></span> he’ll get the job.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich möchte wissen, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> der neue Computer schon abholbereit ist.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I’d like to know <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>if</strong></span> the new computer is ready to be picked up.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Ich weiss nicht, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> meine Freunde am Wochenende kommen.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I don’t know <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>if</strong></span> my friends are coming at the weekend.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Indirect questions are in fact statements that can also be interpreted as answers to the yes/no questions.</p>
<p>Q: Kannst du mir sagen, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> wir Hausaufgaben haben?</p>
<p>A: Ich weiss nicht, <span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span> wir Hausaufgaben haben.</p>
<p>**Notice that clauses that start with “<span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>wenn</strong></em></span>” and “<span style="color:#008000;"><em><strong>ob</strong></em></span>” are subordinate and that the verbs go at the end.</p>
<p>Exercises:</p>
<div id="attachment_194" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 250px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/01_30.jpg"><img class="size-medium wp-image-194 " title="Haus am Zürichsee" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/01_30.jpg?w=240&#038;h=161" alt="" width="240" height="161" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Wenn ich im Lotto gewinne, kaufe ich mir ein Haus am Zürichsee.</p></div>
<ol>
<li>Können Sie mir sage, _________ Coop bis 20 Uhr geöffnet ist?</li>
<li>_________ er das noch einmal tut, bekommt er Ärger.</li>
<li>Wir können uns vor dem Kino treffen, _________ das für dich gut ist.</li>
<li>Susie möchte wissen, ________ dir das Geschenk gefallen hat.</li>
<li>_________ das Wetter morgen schön ist, grillieren wir im Park.</li>
<li>Es ist mir egal, _________ ich morgen arbeiten muss oder nicht.</li>
<li>Angela ist sich nicht sicher, ________ sie die Kaffeemaschine ausgeschaltet hat.</li>
<li>Kannst du mir sagen, ________ du die Kaffeemaschine ausgeschaltet hast?</li>
<li>Ich mache eine grosse Party, ________ ich den neuen Job bekomme.</li>
<li>Ich möchte wissen, ________ Sie dieses Blog verstanden haben.</li>
<li>_________ du ein neues Fahrrad kaufen möchtest, solltest du bei Stilrad vorbeischauen.</li>
<li>Weisst du, _______ Louise eine neue Bestzeit in Wien gelaufen ist?</li>
</ol>
<p>Answers:</p>
<p><span class="Apple-style-span" style="font-size:10px;font-weight:bold;">ob, wenn, wenn, ob, wenn, ob, ob, ob, wenn, ob, wenn, ob </span></p>
		<div id="geo-post-190" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.365712</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.507391</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Same same but different — aber vs. sondern]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/27/same-same-but-different-aber-vs-sondern/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 27 Mar 2011 09:31:31 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/27/same-same-but-different-aber-vs-sondern/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[It’s that day of the year again, when we in europe decide that we should all set our clocks to be an]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s that day of the year again, when we in europe decide that we should all set our clocks to be an hour earlier. Spring ahead. Americans and Canadians did this two weeks ago. The result is a lack of sleep and confusion both mentally and physiologically as we force our bodies to reset their internal clocks.</p>
<p>This all comes across as nonsensical, especially when we go and reset those same clocks in autumn to do the exact opposite. Sometimes languages come across the same way and there are words or expressions that are either redundant or illogical or both.</p>
<p>This is true of the German words “<em><strong><span style="color:#0000ff;">aber</span></strong></em>” and “<em><strong><span style="color:#ff9900;">sondern</span></strong></em>”. If you look them up in a German-English dictionary, you will see the translation as being “<em><strong>but</strong></em>”. A good dictionary will also tell you that they are both coordinating conjunctions, which means that the word order in the clauses does not change. Also note that they are preceded by a comma.<!--more--></p>
<div id="attachment_156" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-156" title="sommerzeit" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/sommerzeit.jpg?w=300&#038;h=199" alt="" width="300" height="199" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sommerzeit brauchen wir nicht mehr, aber es gibt sie immer noch.</p></div>
<p>However, these words are in all actuality different, which is all part of this linguistic precision I keep coming back to that exists in German. When we look at their usage it will become clearer.</p>
<p><span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>Aber</strong></em></span> links clauses or phrases by providing<em> contrasting additional</em> information. The First clause can be positive or negative.</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<p>Ich habe meine Uhr vorwärts gedreht, <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> ich bin trotzdem verschlafen.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>I turned my clock ahead, <strong>but</strong> I still overslept.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Nico mag die Stadt, <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> er ist auch gern auf dem Land.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Nico likes the city, <strong>but</strong> he also likes it in the country.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Lara kocht sehr gern, <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> sie spült nicht gerne ab.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>Lara really likes to cook, <strong>but</strong> she doesn’t like to do the dishes.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Herr Doktor Professor Bernhardt ist heute krank, <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>aber</strong></em></span> das Seminar findet immer noch statt.</p>
<ul>
<li><em> Professor Bernhardt is ill today, <strong>but</strong> the seminar is still going to take place.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><em><strong><span style="color:#ff6600;">Sondern</span></strong></em> links clauses and phrases by providing <em>contrasting corrective </em>information regarding what was said in the first clause or phrase. The information to be corrected must contain a negating word such as nicht, nie, kein etc. The corrective information following sondern can be limited to only those elements that require correction, or it can be a full clause.</p>
<p>In other words ask yourself these two questions and if the answer to both is not yes use aber.</p>
<ol>
<li><em>The second clause is an opposite or contrast to the first clause (corrective)</em></li>
<li><em>There is a negation in the first clause that needs correction. (negation)</em></li>
</ol>
<div id="attachment_157" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><a href="http://www.stilrad.com"><img class="size-medium wp-image-157" title="Stilrad" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/stilrad.jpg?w=300&#038;h=141" alt="" width="300" height="141" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Fahrräder sind nicht nur günstig, sondern auch gesund.</p></div>
<p>Ex.</p>
<p>Im Frühling drehen wir die Uhren nicht zurück, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> vorwärts.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>In the spring we don’t turn the clocks back, <span style="color:#333333;"><strong>but</strong></span> <strong>rather </strong>forwards.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Bei Marathon Sprachen kann man kein Spanisch lernen, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> man kann Deutsch und Englisch lernen.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>At Marathon Sprachen one cannot learn Spanish, <strong>but</strong> one can learn German and English.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Das Geschäft <a href="http://www.stilrad.com" target="_blank">Stilrad</a> im Viadukt verkauft keine Motorräder, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> Fahrräder.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>The <a href="http://www.stilrad.com" target="_blank">Stilrad</a> shop in the viaduct does not sell motorcycles, <strong>but </strong><strong>rather</strong> bicycles.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>Das Buch <strong>Swiss Watching</strong> von Diccon Bewes wurde nicht auf Deutsch geschrieben, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>sondern</strong></em></span> auf Englisch.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>The book <strong>Swiss Watching </strong>by Diccon Bewes was not written in German, <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong>but rather</strong></span> in English.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="color:#ff6600;"><em><strong>Sondern</strong></em></span> is often used in the following combination: “<span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>nicht nur &#8230; sondern auch</strong></em></span>” where the “<em><strong>nicht nur</strong></em>” occurs in the first clause and the “<em><strong>sondern auch</strong></em>” in the second. We use this to add emphasis to something.</p>
<p>Ex.</p>
<p>Das Fahrrad ist <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>nicht nur</strong></em></span> günstig, <span style="color:#008080;"><em><strong>sondern auch</strong></em></span> gesund.</p>
<ul>
<li><em>The bicycle <strong>isn’t just</strong> great value, <strong>but</strong> it’s <strong>also</strong> healthy.</em></li>
</ul>
<div id="attachment_158" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 163px"><a href="http://swisswatching.wordpress.com"><img class="size-medium wp-image-158 " title="swisswatching" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/swisswatching.jpg?w=153&#038;h=240" alt="" width="153" height="240" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Das Buch Swiss Watching ist nicht auf Deutsch, sondern auf Englisch.</p></div>
<p>Exercises:</p>
<ol>
<li>In dieser Klasse lernen Sie kein Spanisch, _________ Deutsch!</li>
<li>Zürich ist eine schöne Stadt, _________ sie ist sehr teuer.</li>
<li>Der Wein ist nicht nur Bio, _________ auch Biodynamisch.</li>
<li>Ich trinke gerne Bier, _________ Wein trinke ich lieber.</li>
<li>Die Prüfung ist nicht schwierig, _________ lang.</li>
<li>Fahren Sie nicht mit dem Auto, _________ mit dem Rad.</li>
<li>Der Sattel ist nicht aus Plastik, _________ aus Leder.</li>
<li>Die Kirche ist nicht sehr groß, _________ sie ist sehr schön.</li>
<li>Der Käse kommt nicht aus der Schweiz, _________ aus England.</li>
<li>Das Rad ist toll, _________ der Rahmen ist zu klein.</li>
<li>Das Restaurant ist gemütlich, _________ es ist sehr teuer.</li>
</ol>
<p>A big thank you to Diccon Bewes for suggesting this week’s topic. Check out his fabulous blog on the Swiss at: <a href="http://swisswatching.wordpress.com"><br />
http://swisswatching.wordpress.com<br />
</a>/</p>
<p>Answers:</p>
<h5>sondern, aber, sondern, aber, sondern, sondern, sondern, aber, sondern, aber, aber</h5>
		<div id="geo-post-154" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.503826</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.762738</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[No "Not Jokes" in German — The Placement of nicht]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/06/122/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 06 Mar 2011 12:50:50 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/03/06/122/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If you’ve seen the the Sacha Baron Cohen film Borat, you are probably familiar with the “Not joke.”]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve seen the the Sacha Baron Cohen film Borat, you are probably familiar with the “<strong><em>Not joke</em></strong>.” One of the most confusing things in German word order is where to negate, that is where to place the word “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>” (not, no). Read on and see why trying to make a not joke in German will often be a correctly formulated negated sentence and which is why in German version of Borat, the &#8220;<strong><em>Not jokes</em></strong>&#8221; were translated with jokes about mothers-in-law (Schwiegermutter Witze).</p>
<p>The position of “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>” depends on what we want to negate. Is it the entire clause, or a specific element?<!--more--></p>
<h2><strong>Clause-level negation:</strong></h2>
<p>A. Nicht follows conjugated verbs, dative and accusative objects, and most adverbial modifiers.</p>
<p>Sie kauft <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>den Computer</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>. (<span style="color:#ff6600;">accusative object</span>)</p>
<div id="attachment_124" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/imac.jpg"><img class="size-medium wp-image-124" title="imac" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/imac.jpg?w=300&#038;h=190" height="190" width="300" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Sie kauft den Computer nicht.</p></div>
<ul>
<li>She’s not buying the computer.</li>
</ul>
<p>Die Musik gefällt <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>ihm</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>. (<span style="color:#ff6600;">dative object</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>The music doesn’t please him. (He doesn’t like the music)</li>
</ul>
<p>Die Studenten sehen den Film <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>heute</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>. (<span style="color:#ff6600;">time modifier</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>The students are not going to watch the film today.</li>
</ul>
<p>Wir essen <span style="color:#ff6600;"><strong><em>dort</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>. (<span style="color:#ff6600;">place modifier</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>We’re not eating there.</li>
</ul>
<p>B. Nicht precedes adverbial modifiers of manner (i.e. gern), predicate nominatives and predicate adjectives, verbal compliments and two verb constructions (including separable prefixes).</p>
<p>Martin kann <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><strong><em>schnell</em></strong></span> hacken. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">adverb of manner</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>Martin cannot chop quickly.</li>
</ul>
<p>Das ist <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <strong><em><span style="color:#ff00ff;">das richtige Messer</span></em></strong> dafür. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">predicate nominative</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>That is not the right knife for it.</li>
</ul>
<p>Diese Rezepte werden <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>einfacher</strong></em></span>. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">predicate adjective</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>These recipes are not getting easier.</li>
</ul>
<p>Susanne backt das Gemüse <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>auf</strong></em></span>. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">separable prefix</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>Susanne is not crisping the vegetables.</li>
</ul>
<p>Sie konnte das Rezept <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>folgen</strong></em></span>. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">infinitive</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>She couldn’t follow the recipe.</li>
</ul>
<p>Er hat die Pizza <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#ff00ff;"><em><strong>gemacht</strong></em></span>. (<span style="color:#ff00ff;">past participle</span>)</p>
<ul>
<li>He didn’t make the pizza.</li>
</ul>
<h2>Element-level negation:</h2>
<p>When negating a specific element “nicht” precedes this element directly, and the element receives intonational emphasis when spoken. Contrasting or corrective information is usually given afterwards and introduced with the word “<span style="color:#008000;"><strong><em>sondern</em></strong></span>”.</p>
<h3>Clause-level negation</h3>
<p>Max möchte den iPod. &#8211;&#62; Max möchte den iPod <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>.</p>
<h3>Element-level negation</h3>
<p>Max möchte den 11 Zoll MacBook Air. &#8211;&#62; Max möchte doch <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> den <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>11 Zoll</em></strong></span> MacBook Air, oder? (<span style="color:#ff0000;">emphasis</span>)</p>
<h3>With contrasting information.</h3>
<div id="attachment_125" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/screen-shot-2011-03-06-at-13-44-08.png"><img class="size-medium wp-image-125" title="Screen shot 2011-03-06 at 13.44.08" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/screen-shot-2011-03-06-at-13-44-08.png?w=300&#038;h=139" height="139" width="300" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Nicht den MacBook Air, sondern den MacBook Pro</p></div>
<p>Max möchte <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> den <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>MacBook Air</em></strong></span>, <span style="color:#008000;"><strong><em>sondern</em></strong></span> den <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>MacBook Pro</em></strong></span>. (<span style="color:#ff0000;">emphasis</span>)</p>
<p>Max möchte <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> den <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>13 Zoll</em></strong></span> MacBook, <span style="color:#008000;"><strong><em>sondern</em></strong></span> den <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><em>15 Zoll</em></strong></span> MacBook, weil er eine grössere Festplatte hat. (<span style="color:#ff0000;">emphasis</span>)</p>
<p>** “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nie</em></strong></span>” and “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>niemals</strong></em></span>” follow the same rule as “nicht”.</p>
<h2>Verbal compliments</h2>
<p>German is full of verbal compliments. Examples of this are “<span style="color:#993366;"><strong><em>Fussball spielen</em></strong></span>”, “<span style="color:#993366;"><strong><em>Klavier spielen</em></strong></span>”, and “<span style="color:#993366;"><strong><em>Rad fahren</em></strong></span>.” Notice the absence of an article with the nouns. That is because the noun is part of the complete verb, the verb is thus specific. This also applies to adverbs that join with verbs to form specific meanings like “<em><strong><span style="color:#993366;">auswendig lernen</span></strong></em>”. When confronted with a Verbal compliment the “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span>” is placed before the verbal compliment.</p>
<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
<div id="attachment_126" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 310px"><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/fussball-spielen.jpg"><img class="size-medium wp-image-126" title="Fussball spielen" alt="" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/03/fussball-spielen.jpg?w=300&#038;h=218" height="218" width="300" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Fussball spielen = Verb compliment</p></div>
<p>Er kann <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>Fussball spielen</strong></em></span>. &#8211;&#62; Er kann <span style="color:#0000ff;"><strong><em>nicht</em></strong></span> <span style="color:#993366;"><em><strong>Fussball spielen</strong></em></span>.</p>
<p>** Because some German speakers treat the compliment as a direct object, you may also hear “kein-” instead of nicht.</p>
<h2>Prepositional Phrases</h2>
<p>Like with verbal compliments “<span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nicht</strong></em></span>” comes before the following prepositional phrases:</p>
<ul>
<li>Phrases that complete the action of motion verbs
<ul>
<li>nach Hause gehen</li>
<li>in die Stadt fahren</li>
<li>nach Zürich fliegen</li>
<li>auf das Regal stellen</li>
<li>ins Kino gehen</li>
<li>nach Grindelwald wandern</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Phrases that complete the idea of position verbs
<ul>
<li>zu Hause bleiben</li>
<li>auf dem Land wohnen</li>
<li>in der Ecke sitzen</li>
<li>im Bett liegen</li>
<li>bei Müllers übernachten</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>Prepositional phrases that form specific meanings with verbs
<ul>
<li>auf jemanden warten (wait for someone)</li>
<li>an etwas denken (think about something)</li>
<li>über jemanden schimpfen (complain about someone)</li>
<li>sich für etwas interessieren (to be interested in something)</li>
<li>sich vor etwas/jemandem fürchten (to be afraid of something/someone)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<h2>Back to Borat</h2>
<p>Here is that clip from Borat about the Schwiegermutter Witz. Pay attention to the use and placement of <em><strong>nicht </strong></em>and <em><strong>kein</strong></em>.</p>
<span class='embed-youtube' style='text-align:center; display: block;'><iframe class='youtube-player' type='text/html' width='640' height='390' src='http://www.youtube.com/embed/zHxRbOTBtho?version=3&#038;rel=1&#038;fs=1&#038;showsearch=0&#038;showinfo=1&#038;iv_load_policy=1&#038;wmode=transparent' frameborder='0'></iframe></span>
<p><em><strong>Alter Mann</strong></em>: In Amerika sind das sehr beliebte Witze. Kennen Sie einen Schwiegermutter Witz?<br />
<em><strong>Borat</strong></em>: Ja.<br />
<em><strong>Alter Mann</strong></em>: Dann los.<br />
<em><strong>Borat</strong></em>: Ich hatte eine Sexy Time mit meiner Schwiegermutter.<br />
<em><strong>Alter Mann</strong></em>: Eine was Time?<br />
<em><strong>Borat</strong></em>: Eine Sexy Time. Ich habe Sexy Time gemacht mit meiner Schwiegermutter.<br />
<em><strong>Alter Mann</strong></em>: Sie hatten Sex mit Ihrer Schwiegermutter?<br />
<em><strong>Borat</strong></em>: Ja!<br />
<em><strong>Alter Mann</strong></em>: Ich glaube <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nicht</strong></em></span>, dass Amerikaner das witzig finden würden.<br />
<em><strong>Borat</strong></em>: Nein, das ist <em><strong>kein</strong></em> Witz.</p>
<h2>Exercises:</h2>
<p>Where do you place the word <span style="color:#0000ff;"><em><strong>nicht</strong></em></span> to negate these sentences?</p>
<ol>
<li>Max ist zum Glück in das Flugzeug eingestiegen.</li>
<li>Susi ist gestern nach deinem Anruf sofort in ihr Büro gefahren.</li>
<li>Zwei Besucher sind gestern rechtzeitig eingetroffen.</li>
<li>Sie gehören zu den hellsten Köpfen.</li>
<li>Er hat damals in der Goethestrasse gewohnt.</li>
<li>Die meisten Besucher gingen nach dem Vortrag gleich nach Hause.</li>
<li>So eine Entwicklung ist selten zu beobachten.</li>
<li>Er hat die Mail möglicherweise erhalten.</li>
<li>Pünktlichkeit gehört bekanntlich zu seinen Stärken.</li>
<li>Sie hat angeblich noch mit ihm gesprochen.</li>
<li>Er hat seine Unterlagen zur Verfügung gestellt.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Related Posts:</h2>
<ul>
<li><a title="5 Ways to negate in German besides using “nicht”" href="http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2012/04/15/5-ways-to-negate-in-german-besides-using-nicht/">Negating German sentences without using &#8220;nicht&#8221;</a></li>
</ul>
		<div id="geo-post-122" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.503826</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.762738</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[German: The language of punctuality]]></title>
<link>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/01/23/german-the-language-of-punctuality/</link>
<pubDate>Sun, 23 Jan 2011 10:58:12 +0000</pubDate>
<dc:creator>christianlangenegger</dc:creator>
<guid>http://christianlangenegger.wordpress.com/2011/01/23/german-the-language-of-punctuality/</guid>
<description><![CDATA[If there is one stereotype that doesn’t seem to be negative about Germans and the Swiss is that they]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If there is one stereotype that doesn’t seem to be negative about Germans and the Swiss is that they are punctual. As writer Paul Bilton notes, “The Swiss are so punctual that they have a concept incomprehensible to lesser nations, that of being Überpünklich —literally, over punctual — and this is not viewed as a fault.” The importance of punctuality can also be seen in newspaper headlines where delays in train service are a hotly discussed and debated topic in German speaking countries, whereas they are a fact of life and not worth mentioning in the English speaking world. Interestingly enough it is exactly this punctuality that garners German speaking countries so much praise from foreigners.<!--more--></p>
<p>While there may be numerous theories to do with punctuality, a factor that can surely not be ignored is the linguistic element. When examining German syntax, one will note that German in a <em>Time, Manner, Place</em> language, which means that the time phrase usually appears early in the sentence. From this fact we encounter a bit of a paradox, which I cannot answer: Does the time phrase come early in the sentence because German speakers are by nature punctual — perhaps due to geography and seasonality — or are they punctual because their language structure emphasizes time?</p>
<p>For the German learner, it is simply worth noting that the time phrase comes early in the sentence. Some examples may help to highlight this.</p>
<p><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong><a href="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/homeseite_sac-huette-tuoi-im_engadin_56_02105c9758.jpg"><img class="alignright size-medium wp-image-2008" alt="Homeseite_SAC-Huette-Tuoi-im_Engadin_56_02105c9758" src="http://christianlangenegger.files.wordpress.com/2011/01/homeseite_sac-huette-tuoi-im_engadin_56_02105c9758.jpg?w=300&#038;h=200" width="300" height="200" /></a>Subject</strong></span> — <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>Verb</strong></span> — <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Time</strong></span> — <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>Manner</strong></span> — <span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>Place</strong></span></p>
<p><strong>1. English: (place, manner, time)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Jane</strong></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>is going</strong></span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>to Zurich</strong></span> <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>with the train</strong></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>this evening</strong></span>.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>German: (time, manner, place)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Jane</strong></span> <span style="color:#339966;"><strong>fährt</strong></span> <span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>heute Abend</strong></span> <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>mit dem Zug</strong></span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>nach Zürich</strong></span>.</li>
</ul>
<p>A common variation of the sentence would be:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Heute Abend </strong></span><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>fährt</strong></span> <span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Jane</strong></span> <span style="color:#800080;"><strong>mit dem Zug</strong></span> <span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>nach Zürich</strong></span>.</li>
</ul>
<p>&#8211;&#62; Note here though that the order is still time, manner, place.</p>
<p><strong>2. English: (place, manner, time)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>We</strong></span><strong>’</strong><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>re going hiking</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>in Graubünden</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#800080;"><strong>with our friends</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>at the weekend</strong></span><strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong> German: (time, manner, place)</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>Wir</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gehen</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>am Wochenende</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#800080;"><strong>mit unseren Freunden</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>in Graubünden</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>wandern</strong></span><strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>or</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="color:#3366ff;"><strong>Am Wochenende</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>gehen</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#ff0000;"><strong>wir</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#800080;"><strong>mit unseren Freunden</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#ffcc00;"><strong>in Graubünden</strong></span><strong> </strong><span style="color:#339966;"><strong>wandern</strong></span><strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>So next time you go to build a sentence in German, remember the punctuality and stress the time by putting it early in your sentence. You won’t just produce a more syntactically correct sentence, but may be amazed with the sudden increase in punctuality of those around you.</p>
		<div id="geo-post-13" class="geo geo-post" style="display: none">
			<span class="latitude">47.395102</span>
			<span class="longitude">8.510150</span>
		</div>]]></content:encoded>
</item>

</channel>
</rss>
